Quarterlytics / Technology / Tyro Payments

Tyro Payments

tyr · ASX Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker tyr
Exchange ASX
Sector Technology
Industry
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2024 Annual Report · Tyro Payments
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
ANNUAL 
REPORT
2024
Tyro Payments Limited ABN 49 103 575 042

2 | Annual Report 2024

APPENDIX 4E
Results for Announcement to the Market
Dividends
Compliance statement 
Net tangible asset backing 
Name of Entity
Tyro Payments Limited
ABN
49 103 575 042
Reporting period
For the year ended 30 June 2024
Previous period
For the year ended 30 June 2023
Statutory Results Summary
KEY INFORMATION
CHANGE FROM YEAR ENDED 
%
2024 
$’000
2023 
$’000
Transaction value1 
0.8% 
to
42,932,748 
from
42,601,263 
Revenue from ordinary activities (normalised)2
8.2% 
to
471,424 
from
435,802 
Gross profit (normalised)3
9.1% 
to
210,769 
from
193,205 
EBITDA (normalised)4
31.6% 
to
55,680 
from
42,299 
Profit before tax (normalised)5
large 
to
19,456 
from
4,478 
Profit before tax (statutory)
large 
to
22,358 
from
2,461 
Profit after tax (statutory) attributable to the  
ordinary equity holders of Tyro Payments Limited
large 
to
25,705 
from
6,013
30 June 2024 
30 June 2023 
Net tangible assets per share 
$0.13 
$0.01 
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 3
No dividends were declared or paid and are not proposed to be paid in respect of the year ended 30 June 2024 (30 June 2023: Nil).
For additional Appendix 4E disclosure requirements refer to the Financial Report contained in Tyro Payments Limited’s 2024 Annual 
Report. This preliminary final report is based on, and should be read in conjunction with, the attached Directors’ Report and audited 
Financial Report. The audit report is included in the 2024 Annual Report.
Net tangible assets are calculated by deducting the Bendigo and Adelaide Bank Limited alliance (Bendigo Alliance) customer relationship 
intangible assets of $59.8 million, right-of-use assets of $23.6 million and deferred tax assets of $20.4 million from net assets, while 
including the associated commission payable to Bendigo and Adelaide Bank Limited (Bendigo Bank), lease payables and deferred tax 
liability in total liabilities.
ASX Listing Rules require the liabilities funding these assets to be deducted from Net Tangible Assets, however, does not allow the 
recognition of these intangible assets, resulting in the 13 cents net tangible assets per share in June 2024 and 1 cent per share in June 2023.
1 Transaction value is a non-IFRS financial measure and is unaudited. Transaction value represents the total value of merchant sales that are processed through 
the Tyro payments platform and does not represent revenue in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards. 
2 Normalised revenue is adjusted to exclude the gain on remeasurement of the commission liability related to the Bendigo Alliance, Lightspeed compensation 
received and the recognition of the me&u investment as a financial asset after Tyro’s ownership reduced in prior period, resulting in a gain on revaluation. 
3 Normalised gross profit is adjusted to reflect the Bendigo Alliance gross profit share not deducted from statutory gross profit but reflected within the movement 
on commission liability relating to the Bendigo Alliance.
4 Tyro uses EBITDA as a non-IFRS measure of business performance, which excludes the non-cash impact of share-based payments expense, share of loss from 
associates, the non-cash accounting impact of the Bendigo Alliance and other one-off costs.
5 Normalised net profit before tax excludes the non-cash accounting impact of the Bendigo Alliance and other one-off costs.

INTO  
BUSINESS 
BIG TIME

CONTENTS
About This Report
6
FY24 Highlights
11
21 Years of Innovation
14
Who We Are
16
Chair's Letter to Shareholders
18
CEO's Letter to Shareholders
20
Operating and Financial Review
24
Our Business
32
Sustainability At Tyro
38
Profiles
64
Board of Directors
64
Executive Leadership Team
72
Directors' Report
74
Remuneration Report
78
Letter from the Chair of the People Committee
80
Audited Remuneration Report
84
Auditor's Independence Declaration
100
5 Year Performance Summary
104
Financial Report
106
Directors' Declaration
153
Independent audit report to the members of Tyro Payments Limited
154
Shareholder Information
162
Corporate Directory
164

  ABOUT THIS 
REPORT
SUMMARY OF REPORTING SUITE
Reporting approach
We are pleased to present our 2024 annual reporting suite 
to our Shareholders and other stakeholders, which has been 
prepared with reference to integrated reporting frameworks. 
This reporting suite provides a consolidated review of our 
financial, economic, social and environmental performance on 
matters material to our strategy and our ability to create and 
sustain value into the future.
2024 Annual reporting suite
Our 2024 Annual Report should be read in conjunction with 
the other reports that comprise our 2024 annual reporting 
suite. These are available at Tyro’s Investor Centre.
•	 Media Release
•	 Corporate Governance Statement
•	 Investor Presentation
2024 Financial report
The Financial Report and Notes set out on pages 106 to 151 
are prepared in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, 
including complying with Australian Accounting Standards, 
the Corporations Regulations 2001 and other mandatory 
professional reporting requirements. The remuneration 
disclosures set out in the Directors’ Report comply with 
Accounting Standard AASB 124 Related Party Disclosures 
and the Corporations Regulations 2001 and the financial 
statements and notes also comply with International 
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as disclosed in the 
Financial Report.
2024 Sustainability report
Unless otherwise noted, the information in this report 
only covers Tyro’s operations and does not include any 
sustainability metrics for our merchants or suppliers. 
In selecting content for inclusion in our 2024 report, we 
referenced our industry-specific sustainability standards, 
in particular the Australian Sustainability Reporting 
Standard (ASRS).  Tyro did not employ an external 
auditor or organisation to audit the contents of this 
sustainability reporting. 
Scope and boundaries
The contents of this report relate to Tyro Payments Limited 
(Tyro or the Company) and its subsidiaries (the Group) 
for the 2024 financial year. This report covers the Group’s 
Acknowledgement of country
Tyro Payments Limited acknowledges the Traditional Custodians of Country 
throughout Australia and recognises their continuing connection to land, waters 
and communities. We pay our respect to Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander 
cultures, and to Elders past and present.
6 | Annual Report 2024

performance for the year ended 30 June 
2024, compared to the prior year ended 
30 June 2023 and the matters included 
address material issues for the Group. 
The process Tyro utilised in determining 
and applying materiality is included in the 
Notes to the Financial Report. References 
to H1 FY24, refer to the six months ended 
31 December 2023. References to H2 
FY24, refer to the six months ended 30 
June 2024.
Some parts of this Annual Report include 
information regarding Tyro’s strategy 
and include forward looking statements 
about Tyro and the environment in 
which it operates that involve risks and 
uncertainties. Actual results and the timing 
of certain events may differ materially from 
future results expressed or implied by the 
forward-looking statements contained in 
this report.
All amounts contained in this report are 
stated in Australian dollars (AUD) except 
where indicated.
Non-IFRS measures such as Earnings 
before Interest, Depreciation and 
Amortisation (EBITDA) have been included 
in this report as Tyro believes they provide 
useful information to stakeholders to assist 
in understanding the Group’s performance. 
Non-IFRS measures should not be viewed 
in isolation or considered as substitutes 
for measures reported in accordance with 
Australian Accounting Standards and IFRS.
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 7

01
FY24 IN REVIEW

Year ended 30 June 2024  | 9

10 | Annual Report 2024

FY24 
HIGHLIGHTS
$210.8M
26.4%
$30.4M
GROSS 
PROFIT
EBITDA 
MARGIN
FREE CASH 
FLOW
Welcoming 
100+ new 
partners
We work with
PARTNERS
771
We launched  
our next  
generation  
Tyro Pro
We power
Merchants 
across 
Australia
71,347
New Tyro  
merchants  
requested 
banking services
1 IN 4
hours to 
volunteering 
organisations
We donated
450+
We were ranked 
Australia’s
RATED EFTPOS 
PROVIDER
#1
4.4 Stars
+9.1%
+4.5pts
>5x y.o.y
More than
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 11

Our purpose
Our mission
   WE EXIST TO 
UNLOCK THE 
POTENTIAL OF 
EVERY BUSINESS
   WE’RE ON A 
MISSION TO SHAKE 
THINGS UP, MAKING 
PAYMENTS THE 
EASIEST PART OF 
DOING BUSINESS.
WHO WE ARE

Year ended 30 June 2024  | 13

   21 YEARS OF 
INNOVATION
14 | Annual Report 2024
2003
Entrepreneurs 
Paul Wood, Peter 
Haig and Andrew 
Rothwell founded 
Tyro in response 
to the RBA’s 
call for greater 
competition.
2005
Tyro becomes 
Australia's first new 
entrant into the 
EFTPOS market 
in over a decade, 
processing its first 
live transaction.
2011
First to be certified and 
compliant with new 
payments regulations 
to ensure security of 
payments applications.  
2009
First to launch 
integrated EFTPOS 
Medicare rebates.
2013
First to launch 
integrated mobile 
EFTPOS solutions.
2015
Developed a  
cloud-based and 
mobile core  
banking platform.
2007
First to launch 
a cloud-based 
EFTPOS solution.
2012 
$3B in 
transactions.
2010
First to launch non-stop 
acquiring services. 
2016
Launch of our first 
banking product: Tyro 
Bank Account (TBA). 
First technology 
company to obtain a 
full Australian banking 
licence and operate as 
an Authorised deposit-
taking institution (ADI). 
2014
Launched an 
integrated Private 
Health Fund 
claiming solution. 
THE HISTORY OF TYRO

2017
First Australian bank to 
allow business account 
owners to use Siri to 
conveniently pay bills.
First Australian bank 
to launch Xero Payroll 
integration allowing 
businesses to enter 
transactions in Xero 
and perform single-
touch authorisations in 
the Tyro App.
2019
First Australian bank 
to deliver integrated 
Alipay solution.
Launch of 
Tyro Business 
Term Deposits.
Largest IPO by market 
capitalisation on the 
ASX in 2019.
2024
Embedded payments 
software development 
kit (SDK) launched for 
POS providers.
2018
First Australian bank 
to launch our version 
of least-cost routing, 
Tap & Save, saving Tyro 
merchants over $1.5 
million on fees in the 
first eight months.
2022
Launch of our Tyro Go 
EFTPOS reader and Tyro 
Health business unit.
Launch of Flexible 
Settlements via the Tyro 
Bank Account.
2021
Tyro becomes 
Bendigo Bank’s 
exclusive merchant 
acquiring partner. 
Acquisition of digital 
health payments 
business Medipass 
Solutions. 
Launch of  
Tyro Connect.
2023
Australian-first launch 
of mobile payment 
acceptance app Tyro 
BYO for iOS, partnership 
with Apple.
Launch of next 
generation Tyro Pro 
terminal.
Australian-first launch 
of Amex Opt-blue 
platform for merchants.
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 15
Years noted in timeline refer to calendar years.

ABOUT TYRO
WOW THE 
CUSTOMER
STAY 
HUNGRY
COMMIT TO 
GREATNESS
WIN 
TOGETHER
BE 
GOOD
Our values:
16 | Annual Report 2024
In 2003, Tyro set out to change the way 
payments are made. Today, we're still on a 
mission to make payments the easiest part 
of doing business, believing that nothing 
should stand in the way of business 
success for Australian merchants.  
We power more than 71,000 merchants 
across the country with in-store, online 
and on-the-go payments solutions 
designed specifically for businesses in 
hospitality, retail, services and health. 
A tech company at heart, innovation has 
always been a part of our DNA at Tyro. We 
were the first tech company to obtain a full 
banking licence in Australia, allowing us to 
develop an integrated payments, banking 
and lending offering built specifically to 
make it easier for merchants to pay and get 
paid. Through Tyro, Australian merchants 
can accept payments anywhere, anytime, 
receive their takings on the same day 
and access fast, flexible funding through 
our award-winning repay-as-you-trade 
business loan as they scale and grow.  
Marking our twenty-first birthday in 2024, 
this year we celebrate more than two 
decades of integrated connectivity with 
Australia’s innovative digital payments 
ecosystem. We work with more than 700 
active partners in our broad and growing 
network to create seamless payment 
experiences and value-added products 
that customers love. 
Our people are central to everything we do, 
and we’re passionate about giving back. 
As of June 2024, our team is made up of 
584 permanent Tyros who gave more than 
450 hours of volunteering hours to partner 
organisations in our community. 
  WHO WE ARE
WE’RE OBSESSED WITH 
BUSINESS SUCCESS
584 58
PEOPLE
LANGUAGES 
Teams located in: 
SYDNEY – MELBOURNE – BENDIGO 
Diverse 
team, 
speaking

Year ended 31 June 2024  | 17

 OUR FINANCIAL 
PERFORMANCE FOR THE 
YEAR REFLECTS THE HARD 
WORK OF THE WHOLE TEAM 
IN TRANSFORMING TYRO 
INTO A SIGNIFICANTLY MORE 
PROFITABLE BUSINESS.”
  OBSESSED 
WITH BUSINESS 
SUCCESS
Dear fellow shareholders,
It is my privilege to present to you Tyro’s annual report for the 
year ended 30 June 2024. I am pleased to report that our financial 
performance for the year reflects the hard work of the whole team 
in transforming Tyro into a significantly more profitable business, 
with all financial metrics having improved substantially from last 
year, as highlighted below and detailed in the rest of the Annual 
Report. After what was a distracting FY23 for the business, it was 
rewarding for me and the Board to spend more time with the Tyro 
team on its core focus areas of people, innovation, and growth. I’m 
pleased with the progress that has been made in delivering against 
our strategic priorities and in improving our profitability, setting us 
up well for future growth opportunities. 
Recognising the resilience of our customers
The past year has been challenging for many Australians, as people 
and small business owners have continued to weather the effects 
of above-trend inflation and higher interest rates used to help bring 
inflation under control. For many individuals and small businesses, 
they are making more trade-offs on where and how they spend, and 
often spending less on discretionary items. This is leading to tough 
decisions for small business owners, some of whom are forced to 
close their business. Whilst there is light at the end of the tunnel, 
there is still uncertainty in the near-term, and we expect this to 
continue to weigh on small businesses, particularly within our 
discretionary verticals. 
The Tyro team have been working tirelessly to support our 
merchants wherever possible, by providing them a range of 
solutions to help their business, or by simply providing access to 
support teams. But beyond what we can do for our merchants, 
we are continually impressed by the resilience of small business 
owners across Australia, and the resolve they show when times get 
tough. Small business is truly the backbone of our economy. 
A LETTER FROM OUR CHAIR
18 | Annual Report 2024

Tyro’s transformation to a significantly more 
profitable business 
Despite the external headwinds, I am pleased to report that our 
financial performance for the year reflects the hard work of the 
whole team in transforming Tyro into a significantly more profitable 
business. At a headline level, gross profit increased by 9.1% to 
$210.8 million, our EBITDA margin increased by 4.5 basis points to 
26.4% (FY23: 21.9%) and our statutory profit after tax increased 
more than fourfold to $25.7 million – equivalent to 4.91 cents of 
earnings per share (FY23: 1.16 cents). And all of this supported 
a substantial increase in free cash flow to $30.4 million (FY23: 
$5.7 million). 
Instrumental to this transformation is the enhancement of our 
operating model, greater financial discipline, and a focus on 
delivering greater value to the customer – all of which have been 
enabled by our embedding of a high-performance culture within 
Tyro. At the same time, the team has continued to invest in growth 
initiatives, such as expanding our product offering, building new 
and deeper partner integrations, improving customer support, and 
refining our distribution strategy. 
The business today is in solid financial shape, which is a critical 
foundation for us to continue to deliver profitable and sustainable 
growth in the years ahead. 
You will find more detail on the delivery against strategic initiatives 
and our financial performance in Jon’s CEO Letter and in the 
Operating and Financial Review.  
Acknowledging your feedback on our 
Remuneration Report 
On behalf of the Board, I acknowledge the feedback from our 
shareholders in response to our Remuneration Report, which 
received a first strike at our AGM in November 2023. 
We have listened to and carefully considered your feedback and 
subsequently have been working through how this feedback should 
affect the principles that form the foundation of our remuneration 
policy and the various components that make up the remuneration 
plans. There are several key changes to our policy and plans, which 
Claire Hatton sets out in the ‘Letter from the Chair of the People 
Committee’ on pages 80 to 82, some of which have been in place for 
FY24 and some which will be effective from FY25. 
The updates address various issues raised by our shareholders, 
such as being clearer on how pay reflects performance, providing 
better disclosure, and using metrics that are more closely aligned 
to shareholders' interests. We believe that they continue to improve 
the alignment between shareholders and executives, and we 
trust you recognise how our thinking and subsequent KPIs have 
necessarily evolved as the business has developed over past years, 
in your voting considerations later this year. 
Sustainability embedded in our business model
In addition to delivering financial sustainability, one of our key 
priorities is to also operate in a responsible and sustainable 
manner, and to contribute positively to our stakeholders and the 
wider community. We have made further progress this year in 
embedding sustainability into all we do.
For example, we met our gender balance target with more than 
40% female representation across the business, and 57% on the 
Board. We also enhanced our focus on employee wellbeing and 
psychosocial safety, ensuring employees feel safe to take risks, 
to express their ideas and concerns, and supporting people to 
prioritise their mental wellbeing. Finally, we became carbon neutral 
certified for our Australian business operations, under the Climate 
Active Carbon Neutral Standards for Organisation.
Conclusion
On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank Jon and his leadership 
team for their outstanding efforts in leading Tyro through another 
demanding but successful year. I would also like to thank all 
Tyros, for their passion and commitment to serving our 70,000+ 
merchants across multiple verticals. Most importantly, I would 
like to thank you, our shareholders, both long standing and newer 
ones, for your trust and support. We look forward to sharing our 
future achievements with you and to creating long-term value for all 
our stakeholders.
Yours sincerely,
FIONA PAK-POY 
Chair of the Board
26 August 2024
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 19

 TYRO IS UNIQUELY 
POSITIONED TO CAPTURE A 
LARGE MARKET OPPORTUNITY 
WHILST DELIVERING 
PROFITABLE AND  
SUSTAINABLE GROWTH.”
20 | Annual Report 2024
  MAKING PAYMENTS 
THE EASIEST 
PART OF DOING 
BUSINESS FOR OUR 
MERCHANTS
Dear fellow shareholders,
I am pleased to share with you an update on what my team and I 
have been building for our customers and partners, how we have 
been transforming your company, and how this will generate  
long-term value. 
I’m approaching two years as CEO of Tyro, and I feel privileged to 
be leading the transformation of a business that sits at the heart 
of Australia’s payments ecosystem. I spoke in my CEO letter last 
year about how our founders created Tyro because of their belief 
in providing better payments solutions for Australian businesses, 
and it’s fantastic that 21 years later this still resonates strongly 
with the c.600 Tyros that continue to share, and act on, that belief. 
As I reflect on my time as CEO, and more specifically the last 
financial year, it’s clear there are a great number of opportunities 
that we are well placed to capture, there are changes that we must 
embrace, and there are challenges that we must be prepared for. 
In this year’s letter I will share an update on delivery against 
our strategic priorities, outline how this has led to a significant 
improvement in the profitability of the company, and describe why 
we are uniquely positioned to capture a large market opportunity 
whilst delivering profitable and sustainable growth. 
A LETTER FROM OUR CEO

We’ve made good progress against our strategic 
initiatives, with a strong focus on enhancing our 
proposition to merchants.
Before I discuss some of the customer and product successes, it’s 
worth mentioning that without having the right team in place we 
would not have delivered as much as we have, and we wouldn’t be 
so well positioned going forward. We have put a huge amount of 
effort into building the best team to drive us forward and a culture of 
high performance. We’ve redesigned our performance management 
framework, put greater focus on engagement and wellbeing, and are 
actively celebrating our customers’ success at group-wide events. 
Moving to the customer proposition. We’ve had some great 
successes with key partners as we continue to innovate and enhance 
our go-to-market, further embedding Tyro into the payments 
ecosystem for Australian SMEs. Below are some examples of how 
we’ve been supporting merchants and building capability: 
•	 We’ve gone live with partners using our embedded payments 
SDK: our embedded payments software development kit (SDK), 
which is completely device agnostic, allows partners to embed 
Tyro’s payments solutions into a wide range of devices. The 
most common use case we’ve developed is for POS providers to 
integrate payments into modern POS terminals and to provide 
highly competitive bundled pricing to merchants. 
•	 We’ve powered Hello Clever’s revolutionary real-time cashback 
rewards scheme: Hello Clever are leveraging our proprietary 
loyalty API to build a real-time cashback reward scheme that 
will allow its customers to earn as they buy through any of Tyro’s 
70,000+ merchant base across Australia. 
•	 We've enabled payments for StoreConnect, the world's first 
Salesforce integrated POS for small businesses: Tyro built a 
payments integration for the first ever point-of-sale (POS) solution 
built natively on Salesforce for multi-site retailers with large 
inventories. StoreConnect POS includes an e-Commerce website, 
POS terminal, cash drawer and receipt printer, all of which now 
fully integrate with Tyro. 
•	 We’ve uplifted our customer service operations: We’ve changed 
our customer support operating model which now has tiered 
levels of support, a key accounts and retention team and better 
training and tools to improve the efficiency of our support agents. 
Whilst we’ve seen good momentum in underlying service levels, 
our team has been inundated with calls relating to the shutdown 
of the 3G network which is having a temporary impact on overall 
service quality metrics and net promoter score (NPS). 
I’m also extremely excited to share some information about our 
progress against several key strategic initiatives.  
First, we will be leveraging our existing expertise from our work in 
Tyro Health to enter a large and growing adjacent vertical in FY25 
(subject to final agreement with key partner). The solutions that 
we’ve already built in Tyro Health position us perfectly to provide a 
seamless solution in this industry.
Second, we have signed a partnership agreement with one of 
Australia’s largest providers of unattended payments infrastructure 
for car parking and EV charging. We are currently working to 
integrate Tyro’s payments capability into partner software, and we 
expect to go live with new merchants in FY25.
Both these opportunities are possible because we own our own 
payments infrastructure. 
Another strategic initiative that we have made excellent progress 
against this year has been our pricing transformation work, where 
we’ve completed multiple initiatives to simplify and optimise our 
pricing structure, providing merchants with a more balanced, flexible 
and understandable pricing framework. This work has also delivered 
significant improvements to our payments margin. 
The provision of integrated payments and banking products is an 
important part of our strategy. During the year we grew the number 
of active banking users by 27% and 1 in 4 of all new merchants 
requested banking services. However, to drive a more substantial 
increase in active customers, deposit balances and lending, we need 
to more quickly enhance the functionality of our products. Unlike 
payments however, we do not believe we need to 100% own our own 
banking infrastruture. We are currently reveiwing the best approach 
to the delivery of banking products, and our objective is to get to 
market with a compelling solution quickly and cost-effectively.  
Finally, we’ve been focused on improving our operating leverage. 
We’ve become increasingly more selective about which initiatives we 
will pursue, prioritising for the most impactful. This discipline has 
also helped us instil greater cost discipline more generally across 
the business. 
Our strong financial performance reflects 
our transition to a significantly more 
profitable business. 
The strong financial performance that we’ve delivered in FY24 
reflects some of the early benefits of the initiatives I’ve just 
discussed and what we’ve delivered in recent years, but more 
broadly it reflects our transition to a significantly more profitable 
business. 
At a headline level, we delivered a 9.1% increase in gross profit to 
$210.8 million, which included a 5.2% increase in payments gross 
profit and a 29.4% increase in banking gross profit. 
Our emphasis on delivering sustainable, profitable growth led 
to a significant increase in profitability in FY24 with our EBITDA 
increasing 31.6% to $55.7 million and our EBITDA margin increasing 
by 4.5 percentage points to 26.4%. 
Our free cash flow increased by a multiple of more than five times 
to $30.4 million, representing a free cash flow conversion ratio (as a 
percentage of gross profit) of 14.4% (FY23: 3.0%).  
On a statutory basis, our profit for the year (after tax) increased by 
more than fourfold to $25.7 million, and our earnings per share (EPS) 
increased by 3.75 cents to 4.91 cents.
Free Cash Flow
$30.4M
>5x (vs FY23)
NPAT (statutory)
$25.7M
>4x (vs FY23)
EBITDA
$55.7M
+31.6% (vs FY23)
Gross Profit
$210.8
+9.1% (vs FY23)
You can find a more detailed review of our operating and financial 
performance from page 24 to 31.
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 21

We are uniquely positioned to capture a large 
opportunity, while delivering profitable and 
sustainable growth. 
We’ve become the payment provider of choice for over 70,000 
merchants because of our vertical-specific solutions and by 
being easy to do business with. Leveraging our core strengths 
will allow us to unlock the potential of more businesses. These 
strengths are:  
End-to-end ownership of our tech stack: we own our tech stack 
end-to-end, and this gives us complete flexibility and control of 
our infrastructure when innovating products and solutions and 
integrating with partners. It’s also a highly cost-effective way to 
scale and as volumes increase our cost efficiency improves. 
Targeted distribution channels: we have multiple distribution 
channels designed to optimise the allocation of resources based 
on vertical and merchant size. This allows us to focus on where 
the impact on gross profit is greatest. Our distribution channels 
include a variety of forms, some of which are direct and others 
where we use external partners to maximise our reach. 
Integrated payments and banking: because we are an ADI, we 
can elevate our proposition to merchants beyond just payments 
processing, positioning Tyro at the core of a merchant’s needs to 
pay, get paid and manage its cashflow. 
Our focus for FY25 is to continue to leverage these strengths, 
which will position us well to become the payments and banking 
provider of choice for more merchants and partners across our key 
verticals. Having commenced our launch into two new verticals, 
we continue to explore other verticals where we can leverage our 
strengths to open still more of the market. 
Actions to improve our profitability are not limited to FY24, this is 
a focus that will endure. Investing in growth remains a key priority, 
but our teams are committed to delivering growth sustainably and 
profitably, and in FY25 we are targeting further improvement in 
our operating efficiency. 
As a greater proportion of our merchants adopt our cashflow 
solutions, unlocking the full potential of Tyro, the customer 
economics will continue to improve. Typically, merchants that use 
a TBA contribute 1.3x the gross profit compared with a payments-
only merchant, whilst for merchants that have a TBA and lending 
this is almost 3x. 
So, through a combination of greater share in existing verticals, 
growth in new verticals, better customer economics over time, 
greater operating leverage, a company focus on sustainable and 
profitable growth, and healthy cash generation – I believe this 
sets the foundation for highly attractive returns for shareholders 
over time. 
22 | Annual Report 2024
Outlook and FY25 guidance
Whilst I am confident that Tyro will deliver profitable and 
sustainable growth in the coming financial year and beyond, there 
are some challenges that will remain into FY25. Most notably, 
businesses and consumers in Australia continue to face elevated 
costs as inflation and interest rates remain high. I expect this will 
put pressure on payment volumes, particularly in the Retail and 
Hospitality verticals, and sadly it’s likely that business closures will 
remain at elevated levels in the near term. 
The payments landscape will no doubt remain highly competitive, 
but this is something we have some control over and something that 
drives us to be better every day. 
The team recognises that uncertain macroeconomic conditions 
and high levels of competition isn’t unique to Tyro, or to payments. 
These are features that come and go in any industry. Our job is 
to prepare for these and to stay focused on the task, which is to 
innovate and build better products, deliver a better service to our 
customers, and to grow share in our chosen verticals. 
Notwithstanding these near-term headwinds, we expect to deliver 
earnings growth and improved profitability in FY25, and as a result I 
would like to share the following guidance:  
•	 Gross profit of between $218 million and $226 million 
(representing growth of 3% - 7%) 
•	 An EBITDA margin of c.28%
In addition to the guidance for FY25, I would also like to share with 
you some medium-term guidance that shows our commitment to 
delivering profitable and sustainable growth. We are targeting: 
•	 FY26 EBITDA margin of c.29%
•	 FY27 EBITDA margin of c.31%
•	 ‘Rule of 40’ or greater for FY26 onwards, i.e. the sum of our 
normalised gross profit growth and our EBITDA margin will equal 
40 or greater (In FY24, this was 9.1% normalised gross profit 
growth and 26.4% margin = 35.5 on a Rule of 40 basis)
To conclude my letter for this year, and reflecting many of the things 
I’ve discussed above, I would like to share four reasons why my 
team and I are excited to be part owners of Tyro and why we think 
you should be too:
1.	 We operate in a large and attractive market with huge 
opportunity for growth.
2.	 Our full-stack infrastructure is deeply embedded in Australia’s 
payment ecosystem. 
3.	 We’re enhancing our value proposition and extending into 
new verticals. 
4.	 We’re delivering profitable growth and generating positive free 
cash flow.
Yours sincerely,
JON DAVEY  
CEO and Managing Director
26 August 2024
A LETTER FROM OUR CEO

Year ended 30 June 2024  | 23

Summary of financial performance (normalised, unless stated otherwise) 
24 | Annual Report 2024
  OPERATING & 
FINANCIAL REVIEW
4.91 cents >4x higher vs FY23
Earnings per share
FY24 
$M
FY23 
$M
Change
Transaction value 
42,933 
42,601 
0.8% 
Revenue1
471.4 
435.8 
8.2% 
Total direct expenses 
(260.6) 
(242.6) 
7.4% 
Gross profit2
210.8 
193.2 
9.1% 
Operating expenses 
(150.1) 
(147.4) 
1.8% 
Lending and non-lending losses 
(5.0) 
(3.5) 
42.0% 
Total operating expenses 
(155.1) 
(150.9) 
2.8% 
EBITDA3
55.7 
42.3 
31.6% 
Profit before tax (statutory) 
22.4 
2.5 
large 
Profit after tax (statutory) 
25.7 
6.0 
large 
Earnings per share (statutory, cents) 
4.91 
1.16 
large 
Free cash flow for the period (before banking) 
30.4 
5.7 
large 
1 Normalised revenue is adjusted to exclude the gain on remeasurement of the commission liability related to the Bendigo Alliance, Lightspeed compensation received and the recognition of the 
me&u investment as a financial asset after Tyro’s ownership reduced in prior period, resulting in a gain on revaluation. 
2 Normalised gross profit is adjusted to reflect the Bendigo Alliance gross profit share not deducted from statutory gross profit but reflected within the movement on commission liability 
relating to the Bendigo Alliance. 
3 Tyro uses EBITDA as a non-IFRS measure of business performance, which excludes the non-cash impact of share-based payments expense, share of loss from associates, the non-cash 
accounting impact of the Bendigo Alliance and other one-off costs.
Free Cash Flow
$30.4M
>5x (vs FY23)
NPAT (statutory)
$25.7M
>4x (vs FY23)
EBITDA
$55.7M
+31.6% (vs FY23)
Gross Profit
$210.8
+9.1% (vs FY23)

EBITDA for FY24 increased by over 30% as we 
grew our gross profit margin and continued to 
improve our operating efficiency. 
Gross profit increased by 9.1% to $210.8m in FY24 as an improved 
payments margin was supported by growth in payment transaction 
volumes and an increased contribution from banking and our 
corporate investments. 
Gross profit for payments increased 5.2% to $186.7 million, 
reflecting a 1.9 basis points increase in our gross payment margin 
and a 0.8% increase in total transaction volumes. 
Our gross payment margin benefitted from the successful delivery 
of our FY24 pricing transformation initiatives where we reviewed 
the pricing structure for our merchants to ensure that the prices 
our merchants pay appropriately cover the costs to serve them, 
and that we are allocating costs to serve different merchants in an 
optimal way – which provides a fairer and more balanced pricing 
structure for our merchants. 
The pricing transformation initiatives in FY24 covered 
approximately 30,000 merchants, including c.14,000 Bendigo 
merchants and c.2,700 Health merchants and led to price changes 
for some merchants. This helped drive the 1.9 basis points increase 
in our gross payment margin for FY24. Due to the timing of some 
price changes, our FY25 gross payment margin will also benefit 
from these price reviews. 
Total transaction volumes increased by 0.8% to $42.9 billion, 
which included a 14.6% increase in our Tyro core non-discretionary 
verticals (Health and Services) to $9.8 billion, partly offset by a 
1.2% reduction in volumes in our Tyro core ‘discretionary’ verticals 
(Hospitality and Retail) to $28.4 billion and a 10.4% reduction in 
Bendigo volumes to $4.8 billion. 
Within Tyro core, the margin benefit from our pricing transformation 
(including some the benefit from pricing initiatives late in FY23) 
helped to drive a 13.5% increase in gross profit across our ‘non-
discretionary’ verticals (Health and Services) and a 5.5% increase in 
our ‘discretionary’ verticals (Hospitality and Retail).  
Gross profit in our Tyro core ‘non-discretionary’ verticals increased 
13.5% to $50.1 million and volumes increased by 14.6% to $9.8 
billion, largely driven by a 20.6% increase in Health volumes to 
$6.5 billion.  
Volumes in Health remained strong, supported by good growth in 
merchant numbers. But our success in continuing to deliver strong 
growth in Health comes from the quality of the proposition we 
offer in this vertical, which has been developed over many years 
as we have become integral to the flow of payments across the 
myriad of health, funding, and insurance providers in Australia. 
The high levels of complexity in Health means that there are fewer 
competitors than we see across our other verticals, such as Retail 
and Hospitality – and we therefore believe that Tyro Health is well 
positioned to continue to deliver strong growth in the years ahead. 
Volumes in our Services vertical increased by 4.5% to $3.3 billion, 
also benefiting from continued strong growth in merchant numbers. 
Gross profit in our Tyro core ‘discretionary’ verticals increased 
5.5% to $120.3 million, with volumes reducing by 1.2% to $28.4 
billion. Volumes in these two verticals have been impacted by the 
sustained softness in macroeconomic conditions, and in FY24 
we’ve seen higher than usual levels of business closures and weaker 
consumer spending in some key industries. 
Gross profit for our Bendigo book reduced by 15.4%, with payment 
volumes of $4.8 billion reducing by 10.4% compared with FY23, 
which was again impacted by relatively high levels of merchant 
churn, particularly in the first half of the year. 
We’re constantly improving our customer value proposition, and 
our TBA and cashflow management solutions are an important 
part of this. We’re seeing an increasing number of existing and new 
merchants adopt the TBA, recognising the value in having instant 
settlement into an account linked to their payments. In fact, in 
FY24 the number of active TBA customers increased by 27% to 
more than 7,600. Our experience shows that merchants using a 
TBA generate 1.3x the gross profit compared to a payments-only 
merchant. Similarly, we observe that merchants who also use our 
cashflow management lending solution generate closer to three 
times the gross profit.  
Our merchants held $88.9 million of deposits with us, at 30 June 
2024, $74.2 million of which was through the Tyro TBA (FY23: 
$70.7 million), $4.6 million of merchant term deposits (FY23: 
$7.7 million) and $10.1 million of term deposits from wholesale 
accounts (FY23: $14.2 million). We have continued to originate 
lending through our cashflow management solution in FY24, but 
we’ve taken a more conservative credit risk profile this year given 
the economic and small business operating conditions. As a result, 
whilst we originated $136.7 million of loans, and closed the year 
with a loan balance of $39.3 million, both originations and average 
loans were lower than in FY23. We will retain a flexible approach to 
lending, ensuring we appropriately balance risk and growth. 
The contribution to gross profit from our banking solutions 
increased by 29.4% in FY24 to $12.6 million. 
Outside of our customer related gross profit, we also saw a 
90.2% increase in corporate gross profit to $11.5 million. Notably, 
this includes the interest earned on our corporate cash. This 
has benefitted from a higher cash balance, as we have become 
increasingly cash generative, and a higher average interest rate, 
given the increase in the average RBA cash rate compared with the 
same period in FY23. 
We have been hugely focused on transforming Tyro into a 
significantly more profitable business, and our results in FY24 are 
a strong reflection of this. Central to delivering this has been our 
work in improving the operating efficiency of the business. 
By simplifying our operating model and reprioritising our strategic 
efforts for the highest impact initiatives, we have been able to 
deliver vastly improved operating efficiency. At 30 June 2024, 
our headcount had reduced to 626 (permanent and contractors), 
from 647 at 30 June 2023, and from 748 in March 2022, just before 
we implemented the new operating model. This has led to a 4% 
reduction in employee-related expenses (including contractor and 
consulting expenses, but excluding share-based payments). This 
group of expenses represents the large majority of our expenses, 
and so we view it as critical that we retain a strong discipline to be 
as efficient as possible – getting the right balance between hiring 
the best talent, growing the business, and delivering continued 
improvements to our profitability. 
The remainder of our operating expenses cover marketing, 
technology, general administrative expenses and the lending and 
non-lending losses. 
In FY24, our marketing costs increased as we successfully 
completed a brand refresh – giving Tyro a bold and modern 
makeover and introducing a new range of advertising and content 
to better appeal to our target merchants. Our technology 
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 25

26 | Annual Report 2024
OPERATING & FINANCIAL REVIEW
costs also increased in FY24, reflecting a change from on-
site to cloud-based storage and pricing increases driven by 
software providers. 
Lending and non-lending losses also increased this year, mostly 
reflecting higher losses on loans to merchants. This is a result 
of the higher than usual level of business failures that we’re 
currently experiencing in Australia. However, the level of losses 
that we see in the lending portfolio and that we expect in the 
future is priced into our origination fee, to cover the change 
in risk. 
Overall, our operating expenses increased by just 2.8% to 
$155.1 million, compared with the 9.1% increase in gross profit. 
And excluding lending and non-lending losses, our operating 
expenses as a percentage of gross profit reduced significantly to 
71.2%, from 76.3% in FY23.  
As a result of the continued volume growth and margin 
improvement, greater contribution from banking, and the 
work to improve operating efficiency our EBITDA increased by 
31.6% to $55.7 million, representing an EBITDA margin of 26.4% 
(compared with 21.9% in FY23). 
Statutory net profit after tax increased fourfold 
compared with FY23, and free cash flow was 
more than 5 times higher at $30.4 million. 
The improvement in EBITDA for the period was the main driver 
of our increased profitability and was also supported by a $7.3 
million (or 65%) reduction in share-based payment expense, 
which reflected a change to the cash/equity split for employee 
remuneration and a lower bonus outcome. This was partly offset 
by a $5.8 million increase in depreciation and amortisation. 
On a normalised basis, therefore, profit before tax of $19.5 
million increased more than fourfold compared with FY23 (FY23: 
$4.5 million). 
On a statutory basis, and including a $3.3 million tax credit, net 
profit after tax of $25.7 million also increased more than fourfold 
compared with $6.0 million in FY23. This represents earnings per 
share of 4.91 cents, up from 1.16 cents in FY23. 
As a result of the strong improvement in net profit after tax, we 
generated $30.4 million of free cash flow for the period, more than 
5 times greater than FY23.
The table below sets out a reconciliation between normalised and statutory profitability. The most notable reconciling items include 
adjustments relating to our Bendigo-powered-by-Tyro alliance, and the damages we received upon settling legal action with Kounta Pty Ltd.
Reconciliation of normalised and statutory profitability 
FY24 
$000
FY23 
$000
Change
Profit before tax (normalised)1 
19,456 
4,478
large
Adjustments: 
 
 
 
Bendigo partner share 
(4,501) 
(5,272) 
14.6%
Bendigo transitional costs 
-
(974) 
large
Bendigo impairment adjustment 
(1,431) 
- 
large
Investment in associate 
(1,063) 
3,843
large 
Remediation, compensation and other2 
9,897 
386
large 
Profit before tax (statutory) 
22,358 
2,461
large 
Income tax benefit  
3,347 
3,552 
(5.8%)
Profit after tax (statutory)
25,705
6,013
large
1 Normalised net profit before tax excludes the non-cash accounting impact of the Bendigo Alliance and other one-off costs. 
2 Please refer to item 11 in the Directors' Report for further information regarding legal proceedings on behalf of the Group.
Financial Position 
With cash and financial investments of $165.0 million (30 June 2023: $128.9 million) Tyro has sufficient liquidity in place to continue to fund 
its expected level of growth. The movement of positive $36.1 million in cash and financial investments is reflective of an increase in EBITDA, 
which supported positive free cash flow of $30.4 million, partly offset by net movement in financial investments of $27.4 million.  
Free Cash Flow
$30.4M
>5x (vs FY23)
NPAT (statutory)
$25.7M
>4x (vs FY23)
EBITDA
$55.7M
+31.6% (vs FY23)
Gross Profit
$210.8
+9.1% (vs FY23)

FY24 
$000
FY23 
$000
Change
Transaction value
42,932,748 
42,601,263 
0.8% 
Revenue
471,507 
419,215 
12.5% 
Less: Interchange, scheme, integration and support fees
(251,674) 
(234,618) 
(7.3%) 
Gross profit (statutory)
219,833 
184,597 
19.1% 
Less: Bendigo gross profit share
(6,854) 
(8,139) 
(15.8%)
Add: Bendigo support fees
- 
974 
large 
Less: Bendigo impairment adjustment 
(17,324) 
- 
large 
Less: Settlement of legal action
(8,967) 
- 
large 
Gross profit (normalised)
186,688 
177,432 
5.2% 
CORE 
PAYMENTS 
PRODUCT 
OFFERING
Card present payments 
Payments made at our merchants whereby consumers 
present their card of choice to facilitate the payment 
for goods and services purchased. 
Card-not-present payments 
eCommerce, tele-health and mail-order and  
telephone-order payments made to merchants by  
consumers where a card is not presented for payment.
In-app payments
Payments made using apps whereby payment is  
facilitated through the app using Tyro’s payments  
infrastructure and not through traditional  
point-of-sale terminals.
At 30 June 2024, Tyro had total assets of $451.5 million (FY23: 
$431.0 million) of which 37% related to cash and financial 
investments. 27% of our total assets relate primarily to intangible 
assets recognised for customer contracts on the Bendigo Bank 
Alliance and the right-of-use asset recognised on our office lease. 
9% of total assets relates to loans made to merchants with the 
remaining 26% of total assets made up of property, plant and 
equipment, deferred tax assets and merchant fees due from 
our merchants.  
Tyro had total liabilities of $243.8 million (FY23: $253.4 million) 
of which 36% related to customer deposits, with the remainder 
relating to commissions payable to Bendigo under the alliance 
agreement, trade and other liabilities, lease liabilities and 
provisions. The Group’s total assets exceeded its total liabilities 
by $207.7 million (FY23: $177.7 million). 
Capital and Liquidity Management 
The Group is well capitalised with a capital adequacy ratio of 65%. 
The movement in the ratio from 52% at 30 June 2023 reflects 
the increase in total capital, which was driven by the increase in 
retained earnings for the period.  
Tyro’s capital adequacy ratio is significantly over and above its 
prudential capital requirements. Excess capital is available for 
inorganic growth, program investment, or for return to shareholders.
On the 4th of July 2024, Tyro incorporated the Employee Share Trust 
(EST) to purchase shares from the market to allocate to employee 
rights and options that will be exercised in the future. Currently, 
vested awards that are exercised or converted are satisfied by the 
issuance of new shares, which has a dilutive impact on existing 
shareholders. It is anticipated that the EST will begin purchasing 
shares to a value of approximately $5 million (the equivalent of the 
share-based expense recognised in the P&L for shares yet to be 
issued), in the first half of this financial year.
Management also continues to work with advisers and regulators 
on a plan that would allow us to return capital to shareholders by 
means of a share buyback (over and above stock which the EST will 
purchase). Recognising that this has taken longer than anticipated, 
we will provide further details in the coming months.
Segmental Information 
Financial information based on the different types of activity: 
payments, banking and our own corporate investments.  
Payments 
Tyro provides integrated payments solutions and value-add services to support merchants with growing their business and providing 
their customers with a seamless payment experience.
Merchant Service Fee as a % of transaction value 
94.1bps 
89.0bps 
+5.1bps 
Net Merchant Acquiring Fee as a % of transaction value 
35.4bps 
33.2bps 
+2.2bps 
Payments gross profit margin as a % of transaction value 
43.5bps 
41.6bps 
+1.9bps 
Payments gross profit
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 27

28 | Annual Report 2024
OPERATING & FINANCIAL REVIEW
Banking 
Tyro offers an enhanced payments offering to merchants by delivering integrated banking and cash management solutions. 
Corporate Investments 
Tyro seeks to optimise the risk-adjusted return on its own capital, through a centrally managed portfolio of assets.
PROPOSITION 
ENHANCING 
BANKING 
SOLUTIONS 
Merchant cash  
advance (Tyro Business Loans)
An unsecured cash advance designed to 
help merchants finance working capital 
and investment needs. 
Transaction banking  
account (TBA)
A fee-free, interest-bearing  
transaction account 
Term deposit account
A competitive, interest-bearing  
fixed term deposit account 
FY24 
$000
FY23 
$000
Change
Loan originations 
136,749 
149,710 
(8.7%) 
Interest income on loans 
12,639 
11,059 
14.3% 
Fair value loss on loans 
(116) 
(1,687) 
(93.1%) 
Other income 
2,202 
1,178 
87.1% 
Banking revenue 
14,725 
10,550 
39.6% 
Less: Interest expense on deposits 
(2,127) 
(814) 
large 
Banking gross profit 
12,598 
9,736 
29.4% 
FY24 
$000
FY23 
$000
Change
Investment Income 
11,483 
6,037 
90.2% 
Gain on financial investment – me&u 
- 
3,974 
large 
Corporate Investments gross profit 
11,483 
10,011 
14.7% 
Net return on loans 
16.2% 
12.4% 
+3.8 points 
Net return on deposits 
2.3% 
2.9% 
-0.6 points 
Overall net return on banking 
8.2% 
7.9% 
+0.3 points 
Net return on Corporate Investments
4.7%
4.1%
+0.6 points
Banking gross profit
Corporate Investments gross profit

Risk Management  
The purpose of risk management is not to eliminate risk from our business model but to help us make decisions that deliver long-term 
value for our stakeholders, whilst staying within our risk appetite. 
Our Board oversees the risk management framework through the Board Risk Committee and helps to promote a culture of risk awareness 
in everything we do. We operate in a complex and constantly changing environment where risk is encountered and managed as part of 
our day-to-day operations. We are committed to embedding a consistent approach to identifying, assessing, and managing risk, and 
operate a ‘three lines of defence’ model. 
Our approach includes:
	
•	 Using a systematic process to identify, assess and escalate risk; 
	
•	 Reporting and managing risks according to delegated authorities and the Board’s risk appetite; and 
	
•	 Promoting a strong risk culture, with regular training and education for the team. 
Our Board monitors compliance with policies and procedures, and sets how much and what kind of risk we are willing to take (our Risk 
Appetite Statement) to achieve our business goals and strategy.  
Having a risk management framework that is appropriate to the size, mix and complexity of our business, and consistent with our 
strategic objectives is a requirement of the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority. All employees complete mandatory training to 
make them aware of their responsibilities and provide them with a mechanism for identifying and reporting risk to their People Leaders 
and XLT members.  
To help ensure we operate within the defined risk appetite set by the Board, our approach to managing risk is underpinned by a ‘three 
lines’ of defence model:   
First Line of Defence: Business managers are responsible for the identification and management of risk as part of their day-to-
day responsibilities.   
Second Line of Defence: The Risk team provide risk advice, oversight, and challenge to the business. They maintain the Risk 
Management Framework and report to the Board on the risk appetite, risk profiles, frameworks, policies and other risk management tools 
to guide the business.
Third Line of Defence: Internal Audit provides independent assurance that the Risk Management Framework is operating effectively, and 
our risk management practices are appropriate in the context of statutory and regulatory obligations.  
KEY AREAS OF POTENTIAL RISK 
MITIGATION STRATEGIES AND ACTIVITIES 
Talent and Psychosocial 
‘Psychosocial risk’ relates to employee 
disputes referencing psychosocial injury (e.g. 
stress) and can contribute to Talent risk.
Attraction and retention strategies, including competitive monetary and non-monetary benefits.
Performance management frameworks that ensure employees are clear on expectations and 
accountabilities and demonstrate risk behaviours that lead to appropriate outcomes.  Organisation-
wide training and workshops relating to psychosocial risks.
Organisation-wide training and workshops relating to psychosocial risks.
Project delivery 
Ability to deliver new products and innovations 
that meet customers’ needs. 
Project governance structures and policies.   
Project prioritisation to ensure appropriate resource allocation.  
Regular monitoring and reporting to identify and mitigate issues that arise.
Technology failure
Technology failure resulting in disruption 
to merchants’ businesses and reputational 
damage.
Tyro utilises established technology partners who deploy high availability services and tools.
Regular monitoring of platform and database performance.
Business continuity, disaster recovery, and crisis management plans in place and tested regularly. 
Regulatory and compliance 
Ability to manage regulatory and compliance 
risk that may impact Tyro’s products, 
reputation and/or financial returns.
Dedicated Compliance team to monitor legislation changes, regulations and/or industry codes, and 
assess potential business impacts.
Compliance frameworks, policies and training are provided for all employees, supported by internal 
and external audits.  
Risk and controls self-assessment process used to identify, evaluate, and manage compliance risks and 
develop associated controls.  
Proactive and regular dialogue with regulators and industry bodies.
Capital management and access  
The risk that our performance falls short of 
expectations resulting in negative shareholder/
market sentiment, increasing the cost of 
capital and/or impacting access to capital.
Defined capital risk indicators set in the Group Risk Appetite Statement.  
Capital ratio operating targets are regularly reviewed in the context of the external economic and 
regulatory outlook with the objective of maintaining balance sheet strength.
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 29

30 | Annual Report 2024
OPERATING & FINANCIAL REVIEW
Cybersecurity
The risk of a security breach resulting in the  
loss of system functionality or data.
Security team provide oversight of critical cyber-control activities to defend against the evolving threat 
environment.  
Proactive tools and processes provide enhanced detection and monitoring capabilities, secure 
configuration, vulnerability management and strong authentication methods.  
Third party monitoring to understand and mitigate any weaknesses in their cyber defence and 
resilience capabilities.  
Security and awareness programs for all employees. 
Crisis management exercises with the Executive Leadership team and Board.
Business Resilience  
Ability to withstand and adapt to disruptions 
that may impact business operations, people, 
and/or assets.
Business Continuity and Technology Disaster Recovery plans and testing in place for critical systems 
and processes.  
Key supplier governance, selection and monitoring processes enable us to identify and manage the risk 
of third-party disruptions.  
Crisis management exercises with the Executive Leadership team and Board.
Third Party
Failure to choose and manage third party 
suppliers effectively, resulting in loss of system 
functionality or data, business disruption, 
customer churn and/or reputational damage.
Commitment to obtaining goods and services in a transparent, ethical, and competitive manner, 
consistent with our risk profile and policies.  
Suppliers are assessed to identify and mitigate modern slavery risks and issues.  
Contract owners manage in-life relationships to ensure compliance with contractual obligations and 
performance requirements. This includes business resilience and security assurance.
Credit and Fraud risk
Losses from failure of counterparties to meet 
their financial obligations to Tyro.
Defined credit risk and fraud risk indicators set in the Group Risk Appetite Statement.  
Tyro’s credit risk management framework and policies govern credit risk-taking activities and reflect 
the priorities established by the Board.  
Regular monitoring of credit quality, arrears, policy exceptions and policy breaches.  
Established provisions for credit impairment based on current information and our expectations.
Market Risk
Losses from unexpected changes in market 
rates and prices.
Defined market risk indicators set in the Group Risk Appetite Statement.  
Tyro’s market risk policy outlines how Tyro will manage market risks particular to our business.  
Tyro’s Asset and Liability Committee provides management within the Board set risk appetite limits.
Liquidity Risk  
Ability to meet financial obligations as they 
fall due.
Defined liquidity risk indicators set in the Group Risk Appetite Statement.  
Tyro’s Liquidity Risk Framework and policies allow effective liquidity management from identification 
through to a liquidity crisis management.  
Forecasting of future capital requirements and available capital resources to manage the business to 
our required levels of regulatory capital, target adequacy levels and internal capital triggers, over a 
forecast period.
Competition and disruption
New competitors or technologies that impact 
Tyro’s ability to drive customer growth and 
deliver on our strategy.
Tyro’s strategy aims to address current and emerging competition risk.  
Processes in place for monitoring and responding to competitor and market activity.  
Development of strategic partnerships and acquisitions in companies that drive new technology.
Environmental and social risks  
Ability to recognise and address 
environmental, social or corporate governance 
(ESG) issues.
Tyro’s approach to sustainability and climate change risk is managed through our Sustainability 
Framework with priority targets set by the Board.  
Regular review and oversight of ESG initiatives and risks by our Executive Leadership team.  
Carbon Neutral emissions, diversity, and inclusion target commitments.
Concentration risk
Reliance on a limited number of products, 
industry verticals and geographical regions to 
drive growth.
Focus on promoting value-adding services to existing customers: merchant cash advance, transaction 
account, term deposit account and Tyro Connect.  
Growth of our Tyro Health business through the acquisition and integration of Medipass and a simple, 
unified solution for payments and claiming. 
 Expansion into new verticals with a fit for purpose mobile payment terminal device.
Geopolitical
Geopolitical issues and tension could threaten 
the Australian economy and destabilise supply 
chains, disrupting operations and impact our 
business and growth strategy.
The Board and the Executive Leadership Team monitors conditions and maintains provisions and 
capital for a range of potential economic scenarios.  
Investment in expanding and updating our terminal offering to mitigate potential hardware supply 
issues.  
Monitoring and ensuring sufficient hardware stock levels to meet customer demand.
Economic environment
Significantly weakened global conditions could 
harm our business and financial position. 
Regular financial oversight and monitoring across markets.  
Financial analysis, scenario modelling and stress testing for a range of economic scenarios. 
Digital adoption
Ability to respond to customers' demand 
for simple and innovative digital services 
and products.
Acceleration of our digital strategy.
Investing in technology and digital platforms to drive efficiency and improve customer experience.

Artificial Intelligence (AI)
Ability to manage risks and opportunities from 
Artificial Intelligence, leading to reputational, 
regulatory and/or financial impacts.  
Researching the implications of AI and investing in our products and technology to leverage AI to 
enhance customer outcomes and improve Tyro’s operating efficiency.
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 31

32 | Annual Report 2024
  OUR BUSINESS
At Tyro, we’re on a mission to make payments the easiest part of doing business. We provide payments products and digital-
first experiences, leveraging our unique in-house capabilities to innovate for the specific industry needs of small and medium 
Australian merchants.  
Making payments easy in-store
In September 2023, we launched our next generation Tyro Pro terminal, 
designed to process transactions swiftly and securely, with capabilities 
for handling high transaction volumes and diverse payment methods. The 
payments solution supports smooth transaction processing, reduces errors, 
and enhances reporting capabilities, integrating seamlessly with Tyro's 
broad network of POS systems.
Making payments easy online
Tyro’s online payments offering makes accepting digital payments simple for merchants. Through our Tyro Merchant Portal, merchants can 
process virtual terminal transactions and send payment invoice links directly to customers after delivering a service. Through our Tyro Pay 
API, Tyro’s software and app partners can easily integrate with Tyro to enable online payments for their merchants. This year Tyro enabled 
payments for StoreConnect, the world’s first POS for small businesses built natively on Salesforce, integrating with the platform’s cash 
drawer and receipt printer, making payments easy and simple for multi-site retailers with large inventories. Tyro partner Damospay also 
integrated beauty services system HeyaPOS with our Tyro Pay API, allowing merchants to take payments online as part of their all-in-one 
booking system. Tyro partner H.I.Apps, specialising in membership and loyalty apps for clubs and hotels, also adopted Tyro Pay API  
this year. 
Through Tyro Health, we offer an integrated payments and claiming solution 
that make it easy for health providers to get paid, supporting all modalities, 
models of care and insurers. Our payment and claiming solutions connect 
healthcare providers with funders, practice management developers and 
the patients that they service, in ways that increase transparency, reduce 
administration, and simplify the overall payments experience. The Tyro Health 
Online platform, rebranded from Medipass in 2024, integrates to more than 
80 Practice Management Software (PMS) solutions for healthcare, facilitating 
seamless payment experiences for healthcare providers and their patients. This 
year, we progressed the development of our soon-to-be-released Tyro Pro Key, 
designed to facilitate claim submissions faster than any other solution available 
in market. The Tyro Pro Key will accept payments as a standalone device, or 
integrated to our leading cloud solution, Tyro Health Online, which allows 
providers to view transactions, reports and access more claiming options such 
as workers’ compensation schemes and more.
Making payments easy on-the-go 
Our Tyro Go portable card reader was developed for merchants to take 
payments seamlessly on-the-go, offering a simple mobile payment 
acceptance option for merchants in trades, services and not-for-profit 
industries, allowing customers to make quick payments anywhere, anytime.  
Our Tyro BYO enables merchants to accept in-person contactless payments 
seamlessly and securely on mobile devices – no additional hardware or 
payments terminal needed. Launched in a first-to-market partnership as 
part of Apple’s Tap to Pay on iPhone payment acceptance technology, Tyro 
will soon release Tyro BYO for android devices, offering a device-agnostic 
payment experience for merchants who transact on-site or on the move. 

Tyro also offers value-added services to complement our online payments offering. Our unique card-matching capability offers merchants 
and partners opportunities to increase the lifetime value of their customers via the proprietary Tyro Loyalty API. This year, Hello Clever 
used the Tyro Loyalty API to build a real-time cashback reward scheme in an Australian-first app innovation. In 2022, Australian Venue 
Co (AVC) built loyalty app The Pass with Tyro, allowing all transactions to be connected to a customer through AVC’s rewards and loyalty 
program, regardless of whether they paid with a Tyro terminal, via the app or at the table. Today, more than 300,000 members use The Pass 
at AVC venues, with Tyro matching more than 4 million cards to drive customers loyalty at 200 AVC venues.  
Seamless merchant experiences  
Get paid faster with integrated banking  
Our integrated banking products continue to be a 
valuable part of our customer value proposition to 
Australian merchants, who are looking for simple 
solutions that allow them to pay and get paid daily. 
Merchants with a Tyro Bank Account benefit from our 
business term deposit offering and the unmatched convenience of same-day 
settlement, which allows merchants same-day access to their daily takings. 
Uptake in 2024 reflects this strong value proposition that our bank account 
offers merchants. Active banking users grew by 27% this year, with more 
than 1 in 4 of all new merchants requesting banking services. Tyro also offers 
a unique pay-as-you trade Tyro Business Loan for merchants with a Tyro 
Bank Account, which is designed specifically to assist small and medium 
businesses with fast and flexible funding to help them finance new inventory 
and expand. The Tyro Business Loan was recognised for its compelling 
customer value proposition this year, winning the awards for Excellence in 
Business Lending at the 2024 Finnie Awards, presented by FinTech Australia.
Connect seamlessly to partners  
Our ‘plug and play’ Tyro Connect solution is designed to be an integration 
hub for apps and POS systems, addressing merchant pain points around 
‘counter clutter’ and manual processes. This platform seeks to reinforce our 
value proposition to merchants and embed Tyro more deeply into the evolving 
commerce ecosystem by providing solutions that integrate payments and 
value-beyond payment solutions.    
Innovating for the future of payments 
New frontiers of payment acceptance  
On our mission to make payments the easiest part of doing business, we 
continue to ensure we enable our merchants to accommodate the growing 
usage of modern international payment methods. In 2024, Tyro was the 
largest acquirer in Australia to accept scan-to-pay AliPay payments and 
payments through international digital wallet, AliPay+. In 2025, scan-to-pay 
payment acceptance with AliPay will be enabled on Tyro Pro.
Embedding payments in a range of devices 
This year we developed and launched Tyro’s device-agnostic embedded 
payments software development kit (SDK), which allows partners to embed 
our payments technology into a wide range of devices. Just as the Tyro 
BYO app allows payment acceptance on mobile devices, POS providers are 
now able to integrate payments into modern POS terminals and to provide 
bundled pricing to merchants.
Powering payments in new verticals  
We are utilising the capability of our in-house payments infrastructure for 
future opportunities. Tyro’s next focus will be to power unattended payments 
and leverage the payments and claiming platform capability of Tyro Health 
for a growing vertical adjacent to health.
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 33

CASE STUDY
34 | Annual Report 2024
TYRO SERVES UP FAST, 
RELIABLE PAYMENTS 
FOR GNOCCHI 
GNOCCHI BROTHERS
Our business is dedicated to serving seriously good gnocchi and 
classic Italian dishes to our valued customers. We needed a simple, 
effective and supported payments solution to ensure our franchisees 
and restaurants could focus on what they are best at – serving 
seriously good gnocchi.
Despite the numerous payment products on offer, we have found that 
Tyro and their trusted partner Zero payments really understand our 
business and provide the support we need. The Tyro integration with 
our Cloud based POS delivers fast reliable payments. 
Ben Cleary-Corradini, co-founder of Gnocchi Gnocchi Brothers

Year ended 30 June 2024  | 35

CASE STUDY
36 | Annual Report 2024
TYRO INNOVATION 
POWERS UNPRECEDENTED 
LOYALTY FOR 200+ ICONIC 
AUSTRALIAN VENUES
“We could see that loyalty members spent double and that  
they visited our venues three times more often”
Marianne Mewett, Chief Experience Officer, Australian Venue Co 
Australian Venue Co. (AVC) is a true-blue Aussie hospitality success story, operating more than 
200 iconic pubs and neighbourhood locals across the country.
“With over 200 unique brands, the venues are really centered around their local community 
and local customer base. We’re renowned for our vibe and atmosphere, and that comes 
through in a lot of the customer sentiment data that we get,” said Marianne Mewett, Chief 
Experience Officer at AVC.
To harness their customer engagement across their growing number of venues and 
geographical spread, AVC built a customer loyalty program and app to offer customers the 
ability to earn rewards at any of their venues.
“We could see that loyalty members spent double and that they visited our venues three times 
more often” said Mewett.
However, member behaviours weren’t translating to real rewards and the program wasn’t 
delivering on its potential. Customers were forgetting to open the app and they were not 
earning points. AVC soon recognised that they needed to develop their own solution.
Thanks to Tyro, AVC launched a new omnichannel loyalty and payment app, The Pass – a one 
stop ordering, payment, and rewards solution. Because of Tyro’s unique card linking capability, 
The Pass allows customers to earn points whether they pay at the table, online or by tapping a 
Tyro terminal at the bar at any of the group’s 200+ venues.
“With card-linking functionality, it creates another seamless way for customers to engage in 
the program and to earn their points as well. And on the flip side, it gives us the opportunity 
to understand their value beyond what they’re spending in The Pass. We really have a more 
holistic view of our member value as it gives us a fuller picture of what our valuable members 
are worth, where they are transacting, what they buy and when, and more.”  

Year ended 30 June 2024  | 37

02
SUSTAINABILITY


OUR COMMITMENT 
Unless otherwise noted, the information in this report 
only covers Tyro’s operations and does not include any 
sustainability metrics for our merchants or suppliers. 
Content provided is in line with what is required under the 
Australian Sustainability Reporting Standard (ASRS). Tyro did 
not employ an external auditor or organisation to audit the 
contents of this sustainability reporting.
Tyro is committed to managing the environmental, social 
and governance aspects of our operations, to help drive 
a sustainable future for our business, our customers and 
the community. 
We recognise that all businesses should take steps to 
mitigate their environmental impact, decarbonise their own 
operations and promote change within their value chains.  
We have adopted a holistic approach to sustainability also 
investing in social initiatives and ensuring compliance with 
governance standards.
There are five key pillars in our sustainability strategy:
  SUSTAINABILITY 
AT TYRO
ABOUT THIS REPORT
40 | Annual Report 2024
2024 HIGHLIGHTS 
CERTIFIED AS CARBON NEUTRAL  
for our Australian business operations, under the Climate 
Active Carbon Neutral Standard for Organisation. 
Launched Not-for-profit offer with a  
FREE TYRO GO READER  
and discounted merchant services fees.
Facilitated over  
$224,000  
charitable donations through our ‘rounding up’ functionality.
Stood out across the ASX300 companies with 
57% FEMALE BOARD DIRECTORS,  
including a female Chair. ​
Results from our recent employee survey show that 86% of 
employees believe
ON TRACK TO COMPLY  
with Australian Sustainability Reporting Standards  
by 2026 reporting.
Met our gender balance targets, achieving over  
40% FEMALE REPRESENTATION  
across the business, including over 40% of our senior leaders 
(Executive Leadership Team (XLT) and direct reports to 
the XLT). Efforts have been made to address the gender 
balance at the XLT level, and some changes have been 
announced which will increase female representation across 
the XLT to more than 40% in FY25. 
Partnered with Greener to provide our customers with 
access to resources to help them reduce their GHG 
emissions, save money and to be more sustainable.
Our Environment
Take action to reduce Tyro’s impact on the environment.
Our Customers
Deliver ESG value-add services and support our 
merchants to be more sustainable.
Our Community
Provide effective channels for Not-for-profit 
organisations to fundraise.
Our People
Engage with our people through initiatives that drive a positive 
impact for the environment, community, and our team members. 
Our Governance
Drive investor confidence through insightful sustainability 
reporting and good corporate governance practices.
  
 TYRO IS A DIVERSE AND  
INCLUSIVE PLACE TO WORK”  
and 87% believe “My manager genuinely cares about 
my wellbeing”.

40% 46% 
80% 57% 
THE ETHNIC DIVERSITY OF OUR TEAM 
REPRESENTS 40 DIFFERENT COUNTRIES, 
WITH MORE THAN 58 LANGUAGES SPOKEN.
of our workforce 
are Female
of senior  
leadership  
positions at Tyro
of our graduate 
intake in FY24 
was Female
Female 
representation at 
Board level
Women hold
More than
More than
= 10%
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 41

The Board governs Tyro’s approach to Sustainability, with support from the People Committee. The People Committee meets at least six 
times per year and receives reports on Tyro’s sustainability and climate-related strategy, including progress reports on targets, strategic 
initiatives, reporting requirements and future planning.
The Sustainability Framework below provides an outline of how sustainability is governed at Tyro and is subject to Tyro’s Three Lines of 
Defence monitoring and assurance practices. 
BOARD
•	 Meets at least six times per year.
•	 Responsible for overall operation and stewardship of Tyro in particular:
›	 Long-term growth, compliance and profitability.
›	 Strategies, values, policies and financial objectives.
›	 Set risk appetite for management to operate.
•	 Review and approve Tyro’s Sustainability Framework.
•	 Annual review (or more frequently if required) of Sustainability Risk Assessment.
•	 Review and approve sustainability targets.
PEOPLE COMMITTEE
RISK COMMITTEE
•	 Meets at least six times per year.
•	 Provides oversight and governance of Sustainability Framework 
and targets.
•	 Meets at least six times per year.
•	 Responsible for overseeing the implementation of the Risk 
Management Framework, testing the effectiveness of the 
framework, and reporting findings and recommendations to 
the Board.
•	 Reviews Tyro’s enterprise-wide risk profile, and Tyro’s 
strategic and emerging risks, which includes key 
sustainability risks.
CEO & MANAGING DIRECTOR
•	 Responsible for developing the approach, reporting and performance of Tyro’s business strategy.
•	 Engages with key external stakeholders e.g. shareholders and regulators.
EXECUTIVE LEADERSHIP TEAM
EXECUTIVE RISK COMMITTEE
•	 Implement Tyro’s business strategy.
•	 Provide input on the impact of sustainability risks including 
climate risk, on the value chain and business model.
•	 Manage Tyro’s enterprise-wide risks.
•	 Meets quarterly to review and discuss materiality ratings of 
Tyro's enterprise-wide, strategic & emerging risks.
•	 Annual review of materiality ratings of Tyro’s enterprise-wide, 
strategic and emerging risks.
HEAD OF SUSTAINABILITY
•	 Reports to Chief People and Communications Officer.
•	 Performs annual Sustainability Risk Assessment including climate risk.
•	 Engages with the business and key external stakeholders (suppliers, merchants, community organisations) to ensure Tyro’s business 
strategy meets our performance targets.
•	 Develops strategy of initiatives to achieve targets.
•	 Provides updates on sustainability risks and initiatives, to People Committee meetings.
  GOVERNANCE
SUSTAINABILITY FRAMEWORK  
42 | Annual Report 2024

Year ended 30 June 2024  | 43
Sustainability skills and competencies 
The Board skills matrix sets out the range of skills that the 
Board consider required to effectively govern Tyro. Through the 
Nomination Committee, the Board applies the skills matrix to assist 
in succession planning and to identify opportunities for Board 
training and development. The Board considers that its current 
members have the appropriate mix of skills, personal attributes 
and experience that allows the Directors individually, and the Board 
collectively, to discharge their duties effectively and efficiently. In 
the annual Board skills assessment, skills related to Environmental 
Social Governance (ESG) are self-assessed using a three-point scale 
(Not skilled, Skilled, Highly Skilled) for subject matter areas of 
Business Leadership and Governance, People and Culture, and ESG/
Environmental Management.  
Sustainability responsibilities 
The Board is responsible for ensuring our senior management 
monitor and manage all material risks consistent with the strategic 
objectives, Risk Appetite Statement, and policies approved by 
the Board. 
The Board is also responsible for overseeing management in 
the implementation of the sustainability strategy. The People 
Committee supports the Board in this matter. Tyro’s sustainability 
risks are reported to People Committee. Our enterprise wide, 
strategic and emerging risks, which include sustainability risks, 
are reviewed every two months by the Board Risk Committee. The 
Enterprise Risk Committee which includes the CEO & Managing 
Director and Executive Leadership Team (XLT) are briefed on 
material risks and ratings annually. The Board and Risk Committee 
then consider how each risk may impact Tyro’s overall strategy.  
The CEO & Managing Director delegates the oversight of Tyro’s 
sustainability strategy, including management of sustainability 
risks, to the Head of Sustainability. This is achieved by:  
•	 conducting sustainability risk assessments;  
•	 identifying key controls to manage each risk;  
•	 managing the process of setting sustainability  
(including climate-related) targets;  
•	 engaging stakeholders to ensure Tyro’s business strategy meets 
performance targets; and  
•	 providing regular reporting on the sustainability program.  
The sustainability risk assessment and associated controls have 
been integrated into a multi-disciplinary company-wide risk 
management process. This risk model, governed by our Risk 
Management Framework, identifies risks across the business.  In 
2024, the sustainability risk assessment was performed by the 
Head of Sustainability with the Head of Operational Risk.  
The Head of Sustainability is responsible for identifying and 
implementing controls and procedures to support the oversight 
of sustainability risks and opportunities, in line with processes 
outlined in the Risk Management Strategy. For example, we 
conducted an Australian Sustainability Reporting Standards 
(ASRS) gap analysis to assist us with being compliant with future 
reporting requirements.  
In 2024, the Board approved Tyro’s sustainability targets which 
include climate-related targets. Management regularly update 
the People Committee on initiatives and progress to achieve these 
targets. These targets are not included in remuneration policies.  
The Board sets the risk appetite within which it expects 
management to operate, and approves our Risk Appetite Statement 
and Risk Management Strategy (RMS) both of which encompass 
financial and non-financial risks. The Board is also responsible for 
approving and monitoring operating budgets, capital management, 
and major capital expenditure, acquisitions and divestments.   
Tyro’s Line 2 Risk Management Team report on medium and high-
rated material risks through the Enterprise-Wide Risk Profile. The 
Strategic and Emerging Risk Radar considers those risks delivered 
by Tyro’s environmental context such as changes in consumer 
demand or competitor landscape and includes emerging risks which 
are those known to some degree but are not likely to materialise 
or have impact for several years. In 2024 Climate change risk is 
included on Tyro’s Strategic and Emerging Risk Radar as a  
low-rated risk.
The Board has considered key climate-related risks identified 
in Tyro’s sustainability risk assessment. Given the low-rated 
materiality of these climate-related risks, Tyro has not produced in 
depth analysis such as quantitative climate scenario analysis. This 
will be monitored and reviewed if the risk ratings change. 
Tyro has identified risk categories it considers to be the major 
areas that may adversely impact the financial and non-financial 
outcomes for the business, should they eventuate. All risks 
identified throughout the business are assigned to a material risk 
category. Only one category can be assigned to a risk, hence risks 
fitting into more than one category shall be assigned the category 
most applicable. Where risks may be duplicated across businesses, 
the risk is assigned to each business in terms of the business’s 
accountability in relation to that risk. This ensures that when 
the impacts of risks are aggregated, they do not exceed 100% of 
their estimated impact. The regular risk reporting provides Tyro’s 
Executive Risk Committee, Board Risk Committee and Board with 
relevant data to indicate how Tyro is managing its risks relative to 
appetite and risk limits.

We recognise that we have a role to play in collaborating with the government, other businesses, and the broader community to address 
climate change.  As part of our sustainability strategy, our climate-related objectives are to reduce Tyro’s impact on the environment, 
deliver ESG value-add services, and support our merchants to be more sustainable.
   SUSTAINABILITY 
STRATEGY
SUSTAINABILITY  
44 | Annual Report 2024
Risk assessment 
As part of our Sustainability Framework, in 2024 we conducted a 
sustainability risk assessment to ensure we:
•	 identified the environmental, social and governance risks and 
opportunities that may have a material impact on our value over
the short, medium and long-term; 
•	 provided evidence explaining the materiality of the risk and how it
impacts our business value chain;
•	 recognised the impact that our business has on stakeholders 
such as employees, customers, shareholders, suppliers, 
regulators and the community, and describe how we incorporate 
the view of our stakeholders as part of our risk assessment; 
•	 described our policies and procedures for managing our 
environmental and social impact over the short, medium and
long-term; and 
•	 developed a system to evaluate whether our sustainability 
policies and procedures are effective, including performance 
against annual metrics and targets.
Materiality
We apply a materiality threshold to the identified risks so that only 
the most important risks (those that would have the largest impact 
should they eventuate) are managed and monitored.    
As part of our materiality assessment, we engage with our 
stakeholders to identify topics with the potential to provide the 
most impact for our business including our people, customers, 
suppliers, shareholders, and the community.  
Our materiality process is as follows:  
•	 identify sustainability topics from internal risk areas and 
external research; 
•	 engage with key stakeholders related to those topics to 
understand and rate according to level of importance; and 
•	 review sustainability topics with our Line 2 Risk team to assess 
level impact and likelihood of each risk topic.  As part of our 
Operational Risk Management Framework, Tyro uses a 5 x 5 
Impact and Likelihood Matrix that assesses risks on a 5-point 
scale (Insignificant through to Critical) based on the impact to 
our reputation, legal / regulatory, people, customers, operational,
and financial performance. 
Tyro conducts a materiality assessment, to understand how the 
sustainability risks including climate, could reasonably impact Tyro 
in the short, medium, and long-term time horizons.  These time 
horizons align with Tyro’s Strategic and Emerging Risk Radar and 
are linked to Tyro’s overall planning for broader business strategic 
decision making.  
Sustainability Risk Materiality Assessment
Risk assessment 
Impact: 
High:  
Consequences have a significant impact on the business. 
Losses are significant.
Medium:  
Consequences threaten the efficiency of the business.  
Losses are notable but not significant.
Low:  
Consequences are remediated with minor operational impact. 
Losses are minimal.
Time Horizon: 
Short-term:  
Impacts already seen.
Medium-term: 
Impact expected within 1-5 years.
Long-term:  
Impact expected with 5-10 years.
SU
ST
AI
N
AB
IL
IT
Y
5-10 
Years
1-5 
Years
Time horizon
Scams & fraud
Business disruption 
from climate-related 
physical event
Credit risk from climate-
related physical event
Climate 
transiton
0-1 years
Climate 
reporting 
requirements
Employee relations
Supplier practices 
including modern slavery
Ethical product development 
and sales pracices

SUSTAINABILITY RISK ASSESSMENT  
Risk 
Description 
Potential Impact 
Risk Type 
ESG  
Response (Controls) 
Time 
Horizon
Climate 
transition 
Shifts in climate and weather 
patterns could result in Tyro’s 
assets being impacted.  
Tyro’s reputation could also 
be impacted if we fail to make 
commitments, or meet community 
and shareholder expectations, 
with regards to climate action e.g. 
reducing our carbon emissions, 
waste management etc. 
Supply chain of 
terminals; 
Reputation.
Strategic.
Environmental .
•	 ESG risk assessments. 
•	 Public disclosure and 
proactive communication 
of ESG risks, targets, 
actions plans 
and progress. 
Medium 
to long-
term.
Climate 
reporting 
requirements 
Risk of failure to comply with 
current and emerging climate and 
sustainability risk regulations 
could result in Tyro exposed to 
penalties, fines and increased 
supervisory oversight. The risk 
of Tyro making inaccurate or 
misleading representations about 
our ESG strategy, commitments 
and implementation plans to 
achieve them. 
Penalties, fines and 
increased supervisory 
oversight.
Non-financial.
Environmental. 
Regulatory Framework. 
Medium 
to long-
term.
Business 
Disruption 
from climate-
related 
physical event 
Extreme climate-related physical 
events could temporarily disrupt 
Tyro’s ability to provide services 
to customers due to supplier 
disruption and/or resourcing (i.e. 
our people are impacted and are 
unable to work). 
Disruption to 
physical assets or 
customer services.
Non-financial.
Environmental.
Business continuity 
planning and resilience 
testing, specific to 
climate events. 
Short to 
medium-
term.
Credit risk 
from climate-
related 
physical event 
The risk of environmental or adverse 
events e.g. floods or bushfires, 
increases the risk of business 
stress and potential loan losses 
as well as an impact on Tyro’s 
corporate resources. 
Increased loan  
default losses.
Disruption to 
customer services.
Financial.
Environmental.
•	 Financial support 
programs.  
•	 Tyro may consider 
future lending decisions 
based on high-risk 
geographic areas.
Short to 
medium-
term.
Employee 
Relations
The risk of not attracting and 
retaining capable and engaged 
employees by supporting their 
wellbeing, ensuring fair and 
equitable remuneration, and helping 
them develop their career.  Tyro 
requires a diverse and inclusive 
culture for our workforce to 
better serve the varied needs 
of customers. 
Low employee 
satisfaction leading 
to high employee 
attrition, inability to 
attract top talent, and 
ultimately impacting 
customer offering.
Non-financial.
Social 
•	 Talent Selection and 
Onboarding processes. 
•	 Learning and career 
development programs. 
•	 Employee engagement 
metrics, employee 
feedback channels. 
•	 Suite of HR policies 
including Performance 
Management; Leave; 
Equality of Employment; 
Diversity.
Short-
term.
Supplier 
practices 
including 
modern 
slavery 
The risk that Tyro’s third-party 
suppliers may not fulfil their own 
ESG commitments or align with 
Tyro’s ESG commitments. 
Reputation and 
potential business 
disruption to 
replace supplier. 
Non-financial.
Social + 
Governance.
•	 Commitment to obtaining 
goods and services in a 
transparent, ethical and 
competitive manner, 
consistent with risk 
profile and policies – 
Procurement policy. 
•	 Suppliers assessed to 
identify and mitigate 
modern slavery risks 
and issues – Modern 
Slavery policy. 
Short-
term.
Ethical 
product 
development 
and sales 
practices  
The risk that our product suite and 
sales practices are not aligned with 
an ethical corporate culture.
Reputation and 
non-compliance 
with regulatory 
requirements, leading 
to penalties, fines and 
increased supervisory 
oversight.
Non-financial.
Social + 
Governance.
•	 Employee Code of 
Conduct. 
•	 Corporate values. 
•	 Mandatory training. 
•	 Suite of policies including 
Anti-Bribery & Anti-
Corruption; AML policies; 
Whistleblower program.
Short-
term.
Scams and 
fraud
The risk that customers fall victim 
to scams and fraud. 
Financial impact to 
our customers and 
potentially Tyro. 
Financial.
Social + 
Governance.
Supporting and educating 
customers to minimise the 
number of successful scam 
and fraud attempts.
Short-
term.
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 45

  ENVIRONMENTAL 
INITIATIVES 
The identified climate-related risks of climate transition and climate-related physical events are concentrated around potential business 
disruption to the supply chain of our eftpos terminals, and provision of payments services to customers, and are low risk. Credit risk from 
climate-related physical events could have a financial impact by increasing loan default losses, and failing to act against climate change 
or comply with climate reporting requirements could result in reputational risk for Tyro. These climate-related risks have been assessed 
to have a low impact on Tyro’s business model and value chain.   
We have taken several strategic and proportionate sustainability actions to respond to these risks and opportunities. 
SUSTAINABILITY  
46 | Annual Report 2024
Carbon Neutral certification 
Tyro is certified as Carbon Neutral for our Australian business operations, under the 
Climate Active Carbon Neutral Standard for Organisation.  In 2024 we acquired 4,927 
tCO2 carbon offsets in respect of our emissions in 2023, by investing in the Rimba Raya 
Biodiversity Reserve Project.  Located in Central Kalimantan, Indonesian Borneo, Rimba 
Raya generates carbon credits from High Conservation Value peat swamp forest and 
develops livelihood programs in surrounding villages to provide education, employment and 
a future for the local community.  We intend to offset our 2024 emissions in the same way.

Tyro head office
Our head office in Sydney at 55 Market Street has a National 
Australian Built Environment Rating System (NABERS) energy 
rating of 5-stars and a NABERS water rating of 4-stars.  We identify 
energy-saving opportunities including the following initiatives:  
	 •	 all monitors are switched off when not used;  
	 •	 smart lighting automatically switches off lighting when no 
movement is detected;  
	 •	 use of LED energy saving lighting technology;  
	 •	 use of smart elevator technology with a destination control 
system that optimises lift trips, reducing the amount 
of energy required to move groups of people through 
the building;  
	 •	 an advanced Building Management and Control System 
was also implemented in the refurbishment that enables 
building management to tune and optimise the building for 
sustainability and occupant comfort; and  
	 •	 smart printing technology.  
We currently provide end-of-trip facilities, including secure bike 
parking, showers, and well-equipped changing rooms for all 
employees to better support environmentally friendly modes 
of commuting.  
We are also investigating the procurement of electricity for 
our head office from renewable energy sources, to reduce our 
emissions inventory from electricity consumption.  
With our hybrid working policy allowing employees to work 
from home 2-3 days per week, we also provide our people with 
education about ways to save energy in the home.  
Where possible, we are consciously sourcing carbon efficient 
options for corporate travel for any team members who travel as 
part of their role. 
Data centres  
Tyro uses Equinix and Fujitsu data centres for half of all production 
workloads. Equinix has a goal to procure 100% renewable 
electricity coverage globally by 2030, and in 2023 it achieved 
96% renewable energy usage. In FY24, Fujitsu revised their target 
to achieve 100% renewable energy in its infrastructure by 2030, 
having so far achieved 30% in 2022.  
The remainder of Tyro’s infrastructure resides with Amazon 
Web Services (AWS).  Amazon is the world’s largest corporate 
purchaser of renewable energy and is on a path to powering their 
operations with 100% renewable energy by 2025 - five years ahead 
of their original target of 2030.  
Terminal freight and recycling  
Terminal freight represents one of the largest contributors to our 
carbon inventory. We are engaged with our terminal suppliers 
to identify more carbon neutral options for their supply chain 
management, thereby reducing our carbon footprint.     
Furthermore, we refurbish and reuse all terminals that are 
not identified as redundant. Once a terminal is identified as 
being redundant or ‘end of life’, we process it through secure 
e-Waste recycling.   
Digital receipts 
Our Tyro Pro terminals enable merchants to give their customers 
the choice to receive a digital receipt rather than the paper 
version.  As we transition our terminal fleet to the Tyro Pro, we will 
continue to educate our merchants on the environmental and cost 
advantages of encouraging customers to select digital receipts, to 
reduce paper consumption. 
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 47

48 | Annual Report 2024
Supporting our merchants to be more sustainable  
As part of our climate-related risk assessment we identified a valuable opportunity  
to engage with our customers and support them on their path to decarbonisation.  
In November 2023 we launched our partnership with Greener for Business, an online sustainability platform designed to assist 
small and medium businesses to reduce their greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions and save money.  The platform provides a step-by-
step climate action plan and a range of exclusive offers on energy, waste, transport, shopping, packaging and more.  Through our 
partnership, we provide our customers complimentary access to the platform, valued at $228 per year to each customer. 
Waste management  
Our Tyro Sustainability Champions 
Group works with Tyro employees to 
be a more sustainable company.  We 
regularly communicate and reinforce the 
importance of eliminating soft plastic 
waste, correct recycling practices, 
promote responsible energy, water 
and paper usage, and encourage team 
members to share new ideas on how 
Tyro can be a more environmentally 
responsible company.  
In our head office, we continue to 
provide waste management solutions 
for organic, recyclable, and landfill with 
clear education provided to employees 
on how to use these solutions to reduce 
harmful waste.   
In 2024 we also introduced recycling 
for disposable coffee cups and used 
bathroom paper towels, which is collected 
by Mates on the Move and re-engineered 
into Processed Engineered Fuel.  Mates on 
the Move is a social enterprise providing 
employment, training, work experience 
and practical help to people who have 
been incarcerated.
SUSTAINABILITY  

Tyro’s Green Thumb Club 
Having plants in our workplace delivers more benefits than just visual effects.  Plants are a natural air filter, so they create a healthier 
workplace for our people.  Studies have also shown indoor plants can also boost concentration, reduce stress levels and promote 
positivity, improving the productivity of our workplace.  In 2024, we launched Tyro’s Green Thumb Club to water and care for our office 
plants, which is a fun and practical way for our people to engage with our sustainability program.
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 49

  SOCIAL 
INITIATIVES
SUSTAINABILITY  
50 | Annual Report 2024
The identified risks of employee relations, supplier practices including modern slavery, ethical product development and sales practices, 
and scams and fraud, could all impact Tyro’s reputation, our ability to deliver great service to our customers, as well as a potential 
financial impact on Tyro and our customers in the case of falling victim to scams and fraud.    
In response, we have implemented several initiatives to control these risks and maximise our opportunities.
Our Values
We are guided each day by our values which motivate us, help us make decisions and ensure we’re all on the same page as we work to 
bring our strategy to life. We have integrated our values into many aspects of our people’s experience and have made significant gains in 
building an intentional culture around appreciation and recognition this year.  
Our people continually recognise fellow Tyros for living our values day-to-day, and in 2024 we refreshed our recognition program enabling 
our people to give a “shout out” to fellow employees for living the Tyro values.  
High performance focus 
In 2024, we uplifted our performance management framework 
to drive greater focus on high performance for our people 
and teams.  This uplift included a stronger integration of our 
values in overall performance outcomes; establishing clear 
benchmarks for high performance; and ensuring greater 
consistency in our application of the framework through 
calibration. We also strengthened our capability in relation 
to goal setting, hybrid working, talent mapping, succession 
planning, and internal mobility to ensure we have the right 
people, in the right role with the right plan to deliver high 
performance for Tyro.
WOW THE 
CUSTOMER
We love our 
customers and we 
want them to love 
us too.
STAY 
HUNGRY
We ooze passion 
and determination 
and are always 
challenging the 
status quo.
COMMIT TO 
GREATNESS
We think big, move 
fast and dare to 
be different. We’re 
always asking 
“what’s next?”
WIN 
TOGETHER
We are a united team. 
With growth mindset 
and without ego, we 
embrace diversity to 
collaborate, innovate 
and accelerate.
BE 
GOOD
We’re open and 
transparent, & we 
do the right thing - 
even when nobody’s 
watching or it’s 
really  hard

Year ended 30 June 2024  | 51
Growing our people 
Our ability to attract and retain our people is driven 
by our focus on fostering a culture of growth and 
continuous learning. 
At Tyro we offer our people a range of growth 
opportunities, including e-learning modules, face-to-
face sessions, access to our mentoring program, and 
learning through experiences such as job shadowing 
and on the job training.
Prioritising psychosocial safety and 
wellbeing  
For Tyro to maintain a high-performance culture, our 
people must feel safe to take risks, express ideas 
and concerns, speak up, and make mistakes without 
the fear of negative consequences.  Fostering a safe 
and positive working environment is very important 
to us at Tyro and we have programs in place to 
ensure this, including a zero-tolerance approach 
to bullying and harassment, Employee Assistance 
Program for confidential counselling services, trained 
Mental Health First Aiders, Whistleblower Policy and 
procedures, Mental Health workshops, and People 
Leader training. This is important not only because 
of the welfare of employees but also to ensure 
compliance with new workplace legislation that has 
been introduced. 
We also support our people to prioritise their mental and physical wellbeing.  In our 2024 Wellness Weeks, we hosted a range of sessions 
including a keynote speaker on the power of self-care and resilience, breathwork and meditation classes, walking and run clubs, a jazz 
and painting session, healthy smoothie and wholefood salad demonstration sessions.  
2024 also saw the launch of the Tyro ‘Power Up’ day, giving all employees an additional day of leave each year to spend on whatever helps 
them to recharge.

SUSTAINABILITY  
52 | Annual Report 2024
Celebrating diversity and inclusion
At Tyro, we are committed to embracing a diverse workforce and providing a 
work environment in which every team member feels safe, is treated fairly and 
with respect, and can contribute to the success of the business and realise their 
individual potential.
We are proud of the diverse multicultural backgrounds of our employees and 
celebrate cultural festivals such as Diwali, NAIDOC, and Chinese New Year, often 
by sharing a traditional meal together in the office. 

Year ended 30 June 2024  | 53
Supporting our  
community to fundraise
We are passionate about supporting charity 
organisations as they do some of the most 
important work in our community.  As our 
society moves away from cash and into 
contactless payments, we have leaned 
into our strengths to provide not-for-profit 
organisations with an offer of a free Tyro Go 
and discounted merchant service fees.    
The Tyro Go allows for payments to be 
accepted anywhere with its portable 
functionality, working well for charities 
taking donations and selling fundraising 
merchandise to the public.  
Brad Phillips, Fundraising Manager for The 
Childhood Dementia Initiative said: 
In 2024, we met our gender balance targets, achieving more than 
40% female representation across the business, including more 
than 40% of our senior leaders (Executive Leadership Team (XLT) 
and direct reports to the XLT). In 2024 we stood out across the 
ASX300 companies with 57% female Board Directors, including a 
female Chair.
Women of Tyro is a network to empower our women to thrive in 
their careers through a range of initiatives including: 
•	 our Emerging Female Leaders program which is strongly 
supported by the Board; 
•	 support platforms such as CircleIn, a platform designed to help 
build a family-inclusive workplace and create a culture at Tyro 
that supports caregivers through all life stages, and People 
Spot, a mobile app which provides learning modules on people 
and leaderships related skills and topics; 
•	 mentor programs; and 
•	 internal networking events.
Tyro Pride is our employee support group that provides support 
and empowers Tyro employees of diverse genders and sexualities 
to bring their whole selves to work.  Driven by employees, this 
group are champions for the LGBTQI+ community. 
"In Australia, childhood dementia takes 
a similar number of lives each year as 
childhood cancer. Fundraising is essential 
for us to be able to help the thousands of 
children living with dementia and their 
families. Like other non-profit organisations, 
fundraising costs have a big impact on 
the total amount we're able to raise. Tyro 
provided us with 20 roaming Tyro GO readers 
for no upfront cost for our recent Autumn 
Gala, allowing us to take donations quickly 
and seamlessly and raise $265,000 on the 
night. Renting 20 eftpos readers would have 
cost us hundreds, so support like this from 
Tyro is a valuable way for organisations to 
partner with us for greater impact."

SUSTAINABILITY  
54 | Annual Report 2024
Jeans for Genes
We are very proud of our partnership with the Children’s Medical Research Institute (CMRI).  Since 2021 Tyro has provided the fleet of eftpos 
terminals to enable contactless payments for Jeans for Genes Day to sell fundraising merchandise and take one-off donations.   
Also, each year our people volunteer on Jeans for Genes Day to help sell merchandise and take donations. In August 2023 we helped raise 
over $2.3 million for research and treatments for children who face congenital disabilities or genetic diseases like cancer, cystic fibrosis, and 
life-threatening metabolic disorders. 
For some merchants using our eftpos terminals, 
Tyro has developed the functionality to allow 
cardholders to make a charity donation for either 
a fixed amount, or a ‘roundup’ of their purchase 
to the nearest whole dollar.  Donations are kept 
separate to the merchant’s daily settlement and 
are settled directly with the charities monthly.
IN 2024, THE TOTAL AMOUNT OF ‘ROUND UP’ 
DONATIONS MADE THROUGH OUR TERMINALS 
WAS OVER $224,000, WITH A TOTAL OF OVER 
$548,000 BEING RAISED SO FAR SINCE WE 
STARTED THIS AS A PROJECT. 

Year ended 30 June 2024  | 55
Volunteering  
Volunteering leave is extended to all 
employees, to support community 
organisations with extra resources to 
help in their important work. These 
experiences also offer our people a 
valuable opportunity to fulfil a sense of 
purpose and connection with a diverse 
range of people in our community.  Over 
2024, our people volunteered over 
450 hours to organisations such as 
Operation Christmas Child, Foodbank, and 
Conservation Volunteers Australia. 

SUSTAINABILITY  
56 | Annual Report 2024
Our suppliers 
At Tyro, we seek to incorporate 
sustainability into all areas of our business, 
including our supply chain. Our ability to 
deliver our payments and banking offering 
relies on the performance and availability 
of our technology and communication 
systems and those of our suppliers.   
Although we expect each of our suppliers 
to define their own sustainability measures, 
including their approach to modern slavery 
and climate change, our procurement 
process requires us to assess the risks of 
modern slavery in our suppliers’ practices.  
In accordance with the Modern Slavery 
Act 2018 (Cth), we have issued a statement 
outlining the steps Tyro takes to ensure 
that our business and supply chain are 
free from slavery. Tyro recognises and 
understands the importance of the Modern 
Slavery Act and is committed to reviewing 
and assessing the risks of modern slavery 
in its operations and supply chain.  We 
are also working with our key suppliers 
to understand their approach to climate 
change, reducing greenhouse gas (GHG) 
emissions, representing social diversity and 
inclusion, and how this might align with our 
approach and impact our business.  
Ethical product development 
and sales practices  
Tyro’s values set the framework for how 
we act and make decisions at Tyro.  They 
guide how we interact with customers, 
stakeholders, and fellow employees, 
to form a strong foundation of ethical 
conduct. The values are outlined in Tyro’s 
Code of Conduct that all employees, 
contractors, and interns are obliged to 
adhere to when working for Tyro.
Tyro’s Product Delivery Framework 
provides our team with modern proven 
practices that prioritise fairness, 
transparency and customer centricity.
Tyro is committed to an Anti-Bribery and 
Corruption Program that aligns with our 
values, complies with legislation, and 
prevents conduct that involves or could be 
perceived as involving acts of corruption.
Our Whistleblower program provides 
an environment that allows for the safe 
reporting of any conduct that is contrary 
to Tyro’s values, policies, and Code of 
Conduct.  We encourage all employees to 
speak up if they see behaviour that does 
not adhere to or align with Tyro’s values.
Mandatory training must be completed 
by all Tyro employees each year, to raise 
awareness for these ethical programs and 
our suite of policies, including employee 
rights and obligations regarding these.
Customer protection 
At Tyro, protecting our customers, our 
people and our business is of paramount 
importance.  We are committed to 
meeting our regulatory obligations in 
identifying, mitigating and managing 
money laundering, terrorism financing, 
cyber security, fraud and scams. With the 
ever-changing nature of cybersecurity 
threats, we are constantly improving our 
security controls to stay ahead of these.  
We also communicate with our customers 
about ways we can work together to 
prevent fraud and other security threats.  
To demonstrate our commitment to 
protecting our customers, we have 
commenced a journey to achieve 
ISO27001 and PCI-DSS accreditation 
which have strict security control 
requirements aligning with best practice 
across the financial services industry.    
Data management and privacy  
As part of our ordinary business 
operations, we collect, use, and hold 
information relating to our merchants, 
including cardholder transaction 
records. Refer to our privacy policy at 
www.tyro.com/privacy-policy/.  We are 
committed to respecting the privacy 
of our customers. Our privacy policy 
explains how we collect, store, use 
and disclose personal information. We 
take reasonable steps to protect this 
information including using appropriate 
technical, procedural and physical 
security controls.    
If a privacy breach were to occur, we have 
processes in place to ensure the risks are 
managed in a timely and effective way. 
These processes also outline the required 
investigation & notification processes, 
including notifiable data breaches to 
the Office of the Australian Information 
Commissioner (OAIC) and notifiable 
incidents to the Australian Prudential 
Regulation Authority (APRA).   
We also take privacy complaints 
very seriously, and our Privacy Policy 
includes details of internal and 
external complaints avenues available 
to customers.    
Reporting of data breaches or 
privacy breaches 
All material data security and privacy 
breaches are reported to our Board Risk 
Committee and Audit Committee. All 
notifiable cyber security incidents are 
reported to the Australian Information 
Commissioner (OAIC) and Australian 
Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA).  
Security of our products 
All Tyro products are subject to stringent 
implementation of security controls and 
security assurance processes. We perform 
penetration testing, code reviews and 
third-party security assessments aligned 
with industry best practice. We leverage 
the Centre for Information Security (CIS) 
v8 security control framework across Tyro.  
Our technical, procedural and physical 
controls have a shift-left, secure defaults, 
defense in depth and least-privilege 
approach. We also have appropriate 
security training for all our internal 
employees including secure software 
development training for our software 
developers. All Tyro employees are pre-
screened as part of their employment on 
boarding process to ensure a strong level 
of trust. In addition, we implement several 
security controls across our products, as 
outlined below. 
Payment Terminals 
Our terminal machine PIN pads are 
protected with a unique key entry shield. 
We encrypt data between the payment 
terminal and Tyro’s internal systems, and 
we take every opportunity to make sure 
merchants and customers’ data is always 
secure. Our hardware terminals are PCI 
PIN compliant and have security controls 
which ensure the confidentiality and 
integrity of our software hosted across 
such terminals. All terminal software 
is subject to secure code reviews and 
software security assurance testing.   
eCommerce & Banking 
Our eCommerce & Banking platform is 
subject to stringent security processes. 
All application software is subject to 
Penetration Testing and Code Reviews. 
We leverage independent third parties 
to perform Penetration Testing across 
our eCommerce & Banking platforms and 
train our staff on secure coding practices. 
Additionally, we have procedural controls 
in place to detect any malicious and 
fraudulent activity.   
Tyro Health
Tyro Health is ISO27001 certified 
which demonstrates strong design and 
operational assurance on cybersecurity 
processes and controls across 
Tyro Health. 

Year ended 30 June 2024  | 57
Governance initiatives   
As an APRA regulated entity, Tyro has implemented 
the governance practices prescribed in APRA CPS510. 
Tyro’s corporate governance practices, including 
those regarding, Tyro’s Code of Conduct, director 
independence, Board diversity, accounting integrity and 
shareholder engagement are described in its Corporate 
Governance Statement for FY24, available in the 
investor section of Tyro’s website.  
Also, with the introduction of the Australian 
Sustainability Reporting Standard (ASRS), 
we conducted a gap analysis against the new 
requirements, and are in the process of uplifting our 
reporting, including climate-related disclosures. We are 
on track to comply with ASRS by 2026 reporting.
The Risk Management Strategy and the Risk Appetite Statement 
are key elements of the overall Tyro Risk Management Framework 
and are reviewed and evaluated by the Board Risk Committee and 
recommended to the Board for approval. This review is undertaken 
at least annually or when a material business change has occurred. 
The Sustainability Framework outlines the overall sustainability 
management process, including how climate-related risks and 
opportunities are managed by the Board and management. This 
process is integrated into the overall risk management process as 
outlined in the Risk Management Strategy.   
In 2024, we conducted a Sustainability Risk Assessment which 
incorporated broader sustainability risks. This process was conducted 
in line with our Sustainability Framework and Tyro’s risk management 
processes as outlined on page 29.
The inputs and parameters used to identify, assess, prioritise and 
monitor the climate-related risks and opportunities were qualitative 
through discussion with key stakeholders.  Given the low-rated 
materiality, climate-scenario analysis was not used to inform the 
identification of climate-related risks.  
 
Each risk is assessed on materiality using the Sustainability Materiality 
Model, and impact and likelihood through the Operational Risk 
Management Framework. Climate-related risks are prioritised in the 
same manner as other types of risks based upon impact and likelihood.  
The Head of Sustainability is responsible for completing climate-
related risk assessments, the identification and implementation 
of controls, and the setting and monitoring of key milestones, risk 
indicators and review dates. The monitoring process over each 
sustainability (including climate-related) risk and opportunity 
identified is conducted by the Head of Sustainability through the Risk 
and Control Self-Assessment (RCSA) process, which is overseen by the 
Line 2 Risk Management team.  Changes in risk ratings are reported 
to both People Committee through the Head of Sustainability, as well 
as Board Risk Committee through the Head of Operational Risk.  Any 
impacts on compliance risk are reported to the Board Risk Committee 
via the Head of Compliance.  
There have been no changes to the risk management processes Tyro 
have used compared to the previous reporting period. Tyro’s Risk 
Management Framework and processes including the Three Lines of 
Reporting Model are outlined on page 29 of this report.
  SUSTAINABILITY 
RISK MANAGEMENT

SUSTAINABILITY  
58 | Annual Report 2024
SUSTAINABILITY TARGETS 
Tyro’s progress against our Sustainability Targets relating to our People, Culture and Customers
Target  
2023   
2024  
Initiatives   
Achieve a gender balance of  
40 / 40 / 20 representing a 
minimum of 40% of our workforce 
made up of women, a minimum 
of 40% of men and 20% of 
any gender.
37 / 61 / 2
41 / 58 / 1
•	 Emerging Female Leaders Program.   
•	 Women of Tyro network.   
•	 Talent recruitment and 
retention approach.
Achieve a gender balance with a 
minimum of 30% for Directors of 
each gender.
Our Board is comprised of 4 female 
and 2 male Directors (67% female 
representation), and the Board Chair 
is female.
Our Board is comprised of 4 
female and 3 male directors 
(57% female representation), 
and the Board Chair is female.     
We will work to maintain our strong 
female representation on our Board 
and leverage our directors as strong 
role models for other women working 
across Tyro.
Improve the favourable score to 
the question “I am proud to work 
for Tyro” in our annual employee 
survey by 10%.
 61% favourable
59% favourable
•	 Ongoing work to connect team 
members with purpose, mission 
and strategy. 
•	 Careers week.  
•	 Community volunteering and 
other social and environmental 
sustainability initiatives.
Increase our overall engagement 
score by 10%.
56%
 57%
•	 Training and development  
•	 Wellness week
NPS of +40
NPS of +25
NPS of + 10
•	 Voice of the Customer   
•	 Customer Council   
•	 Customer Day    
•	 Customer Journey Mapping
Tyro’s Sustainability Targets relating to the Environment    
In response to the climate-related risks outlined in our Sustainability Risk Assessment, we recognise the importance to make 
commitments and meet community and shareholder expectations, with regards to climate action. 
In 2024 we reviewed our environmental targets by considering what is most material to our business and where we can make a positive 
impact. Our Board has approved these targets along with our implementation plan to progress towards achieving these targets.  
We plan to develop science-based targets in the future, to help track our progress towards reducing our GHG emissions by 2030, and in 
the longer term ultimately achieve Net Zero.  
We will continue to report our progress towards these targets and consider additional metrics as we continue to mature our 
sustainability journey.
  METRICS  
& TARGETS

Year ended 30 June 2024  | 59
Measurement  
Climate-related risk / opportunity   
2023 Baseline     
2024   
2030 Target   
Scope 1 & 2 emissions
•	 Climate transition 
•	 Climate reporting requirements
•	 Business disruption from a climate-
related physical event
•	 Credit risk from a climate-related 
physical event
439.34 tCO2e
430.25 tCO2e
Plan to develop  
science-based targets.1
Scope 3 emissions    
4,701.14 tCO2e
5,357.26 tCO2e
Plan to develop  
science-based targets.1
Carbon Neutral certification  
Achieved
Carbon credits to be 
purchased in FY25 to 
achieve this.
While we still have GHG 
emissions, we will offset these 
emissions by purchasing carbon 
credits, to maintain our Carbon 
Neutral certification.
Sustainable packaging    
90%
90%
100% of packaging for Tyro’s 
eftpos terminals made using 
recyclable or electronic materials. 
Recycling   
100%
100%
Maintain 100% e-waste recycled.
Our strategy   
2024   
2023
Transaction value
$42.9 billion
$42.6 billion
Merchant numbers
71,347
68,665
Loan originations
$136.7 million
$149.7 million
Transaction value churn
15.5%
9.3%
Merchant number churn
14.2%
11.7%
Our people and culture
2024   
2023
Total employees
584
578
Serious workplace injuries
0
0
Workplace Health and Safety training completion rate
100%
100%
Gender balance (% women / men / undisclosed)
41 / 58 / 1
37 / 61 / 2
Gender balance in Executive Leadership Team (% women / men / undisclosed) 
 29 / 71
25 / 75
Gender balance in Senior Managers (% women / men / undisclosed)
46 / 54 / 0
40 / 60
Gender balance in Other Managers (% women / men / undisclosed)
33 / 67 / 0
39 / 61
Gender balance of Executive Board Directors (% women / men / undisclosed)
 57 / 43
67 / 33
Workplace Gender Equality Reporting    
The Workplace Gender Equality Agency is a Commonwealth government agency that collects and publishes information relating to 
gender inequality indications in the Australian workforce.  As an employer with more than one hundred employees, Tyro is required 
to submit data on its workforce to the Workplace Gender Equality Agency each year.  On 30 May we lodged our annual report with the 
Agency for the 2023-24 period. Shareholders can access the public versions of this report online on Tyro’s investor centre website.
Sustainability performance
1 We plan to use science-based methodology to set near-term targets for Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions, identify abatement strategies across all Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions and report on our 
progress towards these targets.

SUSTAINABILITY  
60 | Annual Report 2024
How we interact with our stakeholders
2024   
2023
‘Sheep Dog’ Charitable Donations
Over $224,000
Over $144,000
Material Data and Privacy breaches
Nil
Nil
Completion of employee security training
100% compliance
100% compliance
Compliance with Modern Slavery legislation
100% compliance
100% compliance
2024 Emissions (tCO2e)  
% of total
tCO2e/FTE
Scope 1 - direct GHG emissions  
0.05
0.0%
0.0
Scope 2 - indirect GHG emissions from purchased electricity,  
heating and cooling1 
430.20
7.4%
0.7
Scope 3 - other indirect GHG emissions
5,357.26
92.6%
9.2
Total emissions
5,787.51
100%
9.9
GHG emissions  
We recognise that Tyro has an important role to play in collaborating with the government, other businesses and the 
broader community to urgently address climate change.  We are committed to measuring and reporting our GHG emissions 
each year.
The reporting principles and methodology contained are intended to be consistent with the Greenhouse Gas Protocol, 
Climate Active Carbon Neutral Standard and the National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting Act 2007 (‘NGER Act’). 
GHG EMISSIONS
1 Scope 2 Estimates -  
Electricity invoices obtained from relevant service providers could only be obtained for the months of July 2022 to April 2023 for Sydney and Bendigo Offices. 
Actual data from the June – April has been extrapolated to derive the full financial year data.  Where month of month variances are within 10% extrapolation 
was done based on full year, where significant change was noted in the year, only data post the change was used for extrapolation i.e. in the Bendigo office. 
AWS emissions were provided by AWS from 1 July 2023 to 31 March 2024. Actual data from 1 July 2023 to 31 March 2024 has been extrapolated to derive the full 
financial year data. 
Note: The FY23 reported GHG emissions has been restated as 5,140.48 tCO2e (from 4,927tCO2e) due to the change in methodology outlined for Category 1 
Purchased Goods and Services, ICT services and equipment – telecommunications, in the Scope 3 emissions table below. The inclusion of additional spend 
related to telecommunications services materially changed the emissions and therefore it was deemed necessary to restate the FY23 figure.
Scope 1
Scope 2
439.29
430.20
4,701.14
5,140.48
5,357.26
5,787.51
2023
2024
Scope 3
Total
0.05
0.05

Year ended 30 June 2024  | 61
Scope 3 emissions category
2023 (tCO2e)
2024 (tCO2e)
1. Purchased goods and services1
2,599.20
3,045.68
4. Upstream transportation and distribution2
1,829.95
1,964.24
5. Waste generated in operations3
20.74
18.62
6. Business Travel4 5
82.84
153.68
7. Employee Commuting 
168.41
175.03
Total Scope 3 emissions 
4,701.14
5,357.26
Scope 3 exclusions - Scope 3 emissions associated with water were excluded as full year invoices were unable to obtained 
from the supplier. In Tyro’s 2021 emissions inventory, water made up approximately 0.05% of the total emissions, and as such 
the exclusion of water use in the scope 3 emissions inventory is immaterial. 
In 2024, our total carbon emissions were 5,787.51 tCO2e, higher than our 2023 total of 5,140.48 tCO2e. This is largely 
attributed to the launch of our Tyro Pro terminal in September 2023 where merchants were given the opportunity to swap 
their older terminals for the new Tyro Pro terminal. Additionally, we upgraded at least 11,000 terminals for merchants in 
preparation of the 3G network shutdown on 31 August 2024. These programs also produced greater levels of emissions 
attributed to shipping and freight.  
We will acquire carbon offsets through investment in environmental sustainability projects, in 2025 for those emissions 
indicated above that cannot yet be reduced, to maintain our Carbon Neutral certification.
We will continue to explore ways to minimise our GHG emissions and enable our business to be more sustainable. 
1 In FY23, a key account within the general ledger related to communication spend had been excluded from the emissions inventory. The spend within this 
account was made up of telecommunication related expenditure such as that from Telstra who provide internet and telephone services to Tyro. In FY24, it was 
identified that this account should be included within the Telecommunications category. As such the FY23 emissions figure has been restated to include this 
account, and the boundary for both FY23 and FY24 emissions associated with telecommunications has expanded to include the account. 
2 In FY23, shipping expenses which predominately relate to the shipment of terminals, was clearly separated from other costs with the general ledger as 
shipping was mostly managed by Australia Post and Startrack. In FY24, Tyro switched suppliers to Ingenico for terminal management which includes terminal 
shipment, handling, receipt stock, and invoicing. Ingenico provide Tyro with a broad invoice for all services, and as such it was not possible to delineate 
between costs related to shipping and terminal management. However, as shipping forms the most material amount of the terminal management costs, 
and the emission factor for shipping is significantly higher than the emission factor used for business machines and equipment repairs, it was deemed most 
appropriate to allocate the expenses to the shipping category. In FY25, Tyro will aim to obtain the terminal management and shipping split from Ingenico to 
ensure future inventories are as accurate as possible.  
3 The waste data provided by Mirvac (property owner of the head office in Market Street) was for the months of July 2023 to May 2024. Actual data from 1 July 
2023 to 31 May 2024 has been extrapolated to derive the full financial year data.   
4 Uber was provided from 1 July 2023 to 31 May 2024. Actual data from 1 July 2023 to 31 May 2024 has been extrapolated to derive the full financial year data. 
5 Corporate Travel Management data was provided from 1 July 2023 to 31 May 2024. Actual data from 1 July 2023 to 31 May 2024 has been extrapolated to derive 
the full financial year data. 

CASE STUDY
62 | Annual Report 2024
CAREER GROWTH 
AT TYRO
“I joined Tyro six years ago because it had, and still has, a really strong reputation for being 
an innovative place to work in the engineering space. When I first started, I worked on what 
was called ‘the platform’ at the time, which is now known as Tyro Connect. We were looking 
at third parties to integrate with so that we could make managing the day-to-day easier for 
our merchants, like food ordering apps or bookings, which would all be managed through one 
system. What I love about working in Technology at Tyro is that we remain really connected to 
the ways that merchants are using our solutions and pay close attention to opportunities to 
make processes easier for them. From there, I moved into payments, looking after coding for 
our terminals. I had a baby and went on parental leave, returning to lead a team that managed 
the key infrastructure in our back-end system that processes transactions. After that, I was 
promoted to Head of Technology, which is my current role.  
One of the great things about working at Tyro is the opportunity to grow and learn - you're 
always supported in the next steps you need to take to explore your next opportunity. Tyro is 
full of amazing leaders who are always willing to share their knowledge and skills, day-to-day but 
also through our dedicated mentorship program. I was very lucky to have a strong female leader 
at Tyro, which is a fantastic opportunity as a woman in technology.  
I’ve just returned from parental leave again, and I’m excited about what we’re going to build and 
release this year. Being able to execute greater ideas that make our solutions better, to think 
outside the box and see the real-world value of what we’re building for businesses – that’s what 
is most rewarding for me.”
One of the great things about working at Tyro is the opportunity to 
grow and learn - you're always supported in the next steps you need 
to take to explore your next opportunity. 
TERRI DIEGELMAN  
Head of Technology - Payment Delivery

Year ended 31 June 2024  | 63
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 63

BOARD OF DIRECTORS
64 | Annual Report 2024
  BOARD OF 
DIRECTORS
DEEP EXPERTISE ACROSS FINANCIAL 
SERVICES, TECHNOLOGY & INNOVATION

Fiona is a Non-Executive director of WiseTech Global (ASX:WTC), Silicon 
Quantum Computing Pty Ltd and Kain Lawyers Pty Ltd. She is on the Board of 
Trustees and Investment Committee for HMC Capital Partners Fund 1 and is a 
member of the Business Advisory Council for Anacacia Capital. 
Fiona has over 30 years’ experience in a variety of industries, for companies 
ranging from startups to listed companies, government entities and not-for-
profits. She has served on various boards, including MYOB, Isentia, Novotech, 
PageUp People, StatePlus and SIRCA (the Securities Research Centre of 
South-East Asia). She served on the ASIC director Advisory Panel and the 
Board of Innovation Australia. Previously Fiona was a strategy consultant 
for the Boston Consulting Group in the US and Australia and was a General 
Partner in an Australian venture capital fund focused on technology startups.
Fiona holds an Honours degree in Engineering from The University of Adelaide 
and an MBA from the Harvard Business School. Fiona is a mentor for the 
Minerva Network, a member of Chief Executive Women and a Fellow of the 
Australian Institute of Company Directors.
Relevant other Directorships held in the past three years:  
•	 Non-executive Directors WiseTech Global (Since February 2024) 
•	 Former non-executive Director Booktopia Group Limited (Sept 2020 to 
November 2022) 
•	 Former non-executive Director and Chair of the People Committee of  
ASX-listed iSentia Limited (May 2014 to September 2021)  
Independent Non-Executive Chair 
FIONA PAK-POY
Independent non-executive Director since 
September 2019 and Chair since 1 March 2023.
Other Tyro Responsibilities:
• Chair of the Nominations Committee.
• Member of the People Committee.
• Member of the Audit Committee.
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 65

BOARD OF DIRECTORS
66 | Annual Report 2024
Group CEO and Managing Director 
JON DAVEY
Managing Director since September 2023.
Jon joined Tyro in May 2021 in the role of CEO - Medipass after Tyro acquired 
Medipass and was appointed as Group CEO on 3 October 2022 and Managing 
Director in September 2023. Jon's expertise is in leading businesses through 
the changes necessary to succeed in a digital world. Prior to joining Medipass, 
Jon was accountable for Digital, Innovation and Customer Experience at 
National Australia Bank. He is the founder of National Australia Bank’s 
Innovation and Corporate Venture Capital teams. Jon has 25 years' experience 
in Corporate, Consulting and Start-up businesses. He has worked with leading 
Australian and International companies in London and Hong Kong.
Jon holds Bachelor of Education, Master of Science and Master of Business 
Administration degrees. He is a graduate of the Australian Institute of Company 
Directors. 

David joined the Board in July 2018. He has been a shareholder since 2008. He 
is an active investor in various credit, financial services and  
technology businesses.  
David has over 30 years’ experience in the financial services industry. David 
has held various roles at Westpac Banking Corporation, including Treasurer, 
Assistant Chief Financial Officer and the Group Executive responsible for all 
retail and business banking products in Australia. David has also worked at 
Japan’s Shinsei Bank (formerly known as The Long-Term Credit Bank of Japan) 
as Senior Corporate Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and a member of 
its Board. 
David holds a Bachelor of Arts in Government (magna cum laude) from 
Harvard College, and a Master of Business Administration and Masters in 
Economics from Stanford University. 
Independent Non-Executive Director 
DAVID FITE
Independent non-executive Director since July 2018.
Other Tyro Responsibilities:
•	Member of the Risk Committee.
•	Member of the Audit Committee.
•	Member of the Nominations Committee.
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 67

BOARD OF DIRECTORS
68 | Annual Report 2024
With extensive career experience spanning senior executive and country 
leadership roles in technology and travel businesses in Australia, Asia and 
the UK (including British Airways, Qantas, Cedant TDS and Travelport); 
Claire spent seven years on the Google Australia & New Zealand commercial 
leadership team before transitioning into a portfolio career and non-executive 
roles. She is currently Non-Executive Director for Lifestyle Communities 
Pty Ltd (ASX:LIC) and a Director and Co-founder of Full Potential Labs, a 
leadership development company working globally with  
Technology companies.
Claire has a BSc Hons in Business Administration specialising in Marketing, and 
an MBA from IMD, Switzerland. Claire is based in Sydney. 
Relevant other Directorships held in the past three years:  
• Non-executive Director of Lifestyle Communities Ltd (ASX: LIC) (Since 
May 2022)
• Non-executive Director of Farleigh Holdings Pty Ltd (formerly Australian 
Pacific Travel Group). (Oct 2020 to June 2024)
• Director and Co-founder of Full Potential Labs Pty Ltd. (Since April 2014)
• Non-executive Director of Farleigh Holdings Pty Ltd (formerly Australian 
Pacific Travel Group). (Oct 2020 to June 2024)
• Former non-executive Director of 3P Learning Ltd (ASX: 3PL) (From May 
2014 to September 2021).
Independent Non-Executive Director 
CLAIRE HATTON
Independent non-executive Director since 5 January 2022.
Other Tyro Responsibilities:
• Chair of the People Committee.
• Member of the Audit Committee.
• Member of the Nominations Committee.

Year ended 30 June 2024  | 69
Aliza has 40 years’ experience in the financial services and technology sectors, 
having held senior executive roles internationally at Boston Consulting Group, 
Charles Schwab, Visa International, Twitter and Google. She has also previously 
served on the Boards of listed companies including Scentre Group, SingPost 
(Singapore), GfK (Germany), Invocare and as an advisor to the ANZ Bank Board 
Technology Committee. Aliza graduated magna cumlaude, Phi Beta Kappa with a 
BA in Applied Math-Economics from Brown University in the US and holds an MBA 
with distinction in Marketing from New York University. 
 
Relevant other Directorships held in the past three years:  
•	 Non-executive Director of Healthway Medical Group Limited in Singapore.  
(Nov 2020 till Dec 2023)
Independent Non-Executive Director 
ALIZA KNOX
Independent non-executive Director since April 2021.
Other Tyro Responsibilities:
• Member of the People Committee.
• Member of the Risk Committee.
• Member of the Nominations Committee.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS
70 | Annual Report 2024
Paul is currently a director of ASX-listed PEXA Group Ltd and WCM Global Growth 
Ltd.  He also has board positions with several other Australian private companies. 
Paul has over 25 years’ experience in the financial services industry. Paul was 
previously Executive General Manager, Payments & Business Technology for 
Commonwealth Bank of Australia. During his 20-year career at CBA, Paul was the 
founding Managing Director of CommSec, which he led from 1994 through to 2002. 
In 2005, Paul was named Stockbroker of the Year and admitted to the Industry Hall 
of Fame. Paul holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Mathematics and Computer 
Science from the University of Sydney. 
Relevant other Directorships held in the past three years:  
•	 Non-executive Director of PEXA Group Ltd (ASX: PXA). (Since July 2021) 
•	 Non-executive Director of WCM Global Growth Ltd (ASX: WQG). (Since April 2017) 
•	 Non-executive Director of Russh Media Pty Ltd. (Since January 2020) 
•	 Non-executive Director of Switzer Financial Group Pty Ltd (Since 2011). 
Independent Non-Executive Director 
PAUL RICKARD
Independent non-executive Director since August 2009.
Other Tyro Responsibilities:
• Chair of the Risk Committee. 
• Chair of the Audit Committee. 
• Member of the Nominations Committee. 

Shefali is the Founding Partner of SDR Capital (previously called First Look Capital), 
a London-based venture fund investing globally in early stage companies started by 
women and diverse entrepreneurs building technology in Finance and AI. 
Prior to launching SDR Capital, she was the Chief Operating Officer and Chief 
Compliance Officer of TrueLayer, from 2017 to 2020. She was an early employee at 
Stripe where she was Chief Compliance Officer and Money Laundering Reporting 
Officer (MLRO) for Europe, and responsible for the licensing and regulatory oversight, 
including risk and compliance of their operations in Europe between 2013 and 2017. 
Prior to Stripe, she led ethics, compliance, business conduct and risk across EMEIA 
for Apple, was the Global Chief Compliance and Ethics Officer for Christie's and was in 
private wealth compliance for Goldman Sachs across Europe and the Middle East. 
At Oxford Saïd Business School, she is an Associate Fellow and lectures on startups, 
innovation and strategy, global business systems, organisational behaviour and 
ethics, leadership and decentralised finance cryptocurrencies. 
She sits on the Board of Tyro (ASX:TYR) and until 2021, sat on the board of the Maker 
Foundation, the protocol behind the DAI stablecoin. 
Shefali is a graduate of RMIT, the London School of Economics and Oxford University, 
where she gained undergraduate and postgraduate qualifications in law, economics 
and finance, and management. 
Shefali splits her time between London and Melbourne. 
Relevant other Directorships held in the past three years:  
•	 Director, SDR Capital Advisers LLP. (Since June 2022) 
•	 Director, SDR Capital Group Limited. (Since June 2022)  
•	 Director, SDR Capital GP Limited (Since June 2022) 
•	 Director Gilmore Road Management Limited and Gilmore Road TE Ltd  
(Since December 2014) 
•	 Former Director of the Maker Foundation, originators of the DAI stable 
coin (From April 2020 to July 2021). 
Independent Non-Executive Director 
SHEFALI ROY
Independent non-executive Director since 5 January 2022.
Other Tyro Responsibilities:
•	Member of the People Committee. 
• Member of the Risk Committee. 
• Member of the Nominations Committee. 
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 71

EXECUTIVE LEADERSHIP TEAM
72 | Annual Report 2024
Deanne has extensive experience as a senior executive across the payments financial 
services industry, including Chief Customer Officer/MD A&NZ for global digital gifting 
company Prezzee, General Manager of Identity, Payments and Financial Services for 
Australia Post, and General Manager of Payments for NAB. Through these roles, Deanne 
brings significant experience in leading sales, marketing, customer service, product 
management, operational and digital teams.
With a relentless focus on the customer and a bias to action, Deanne has passion for 
leading and inspiring high performing teams to deliver transformational growth, resulting 
in enhanced commercial and customer outcomes.
Chief Growth Officer 
DEANNE BANNATYNE
Monica has over 18 years’ experience in strategic communications, change management 
and business transformation, specialising in financial services and technology. Having 
previously held roles at KPMG, Deloitte and Tabcorp, Monica joined Tyro in 2020 as Head 
of Corporate Communications ahead of being appointed as Chief People, Culture and 
Communications Officer. Monica is passionate about creating high performing teams and 
developing a thriving culture of engagement and growth that drives business outcomes. 
Monica holds commerce, law and change management qualifications.
Chief People and Communications Officer 
MONICA APPLEBY
   EXECUTIVE 
LEADERSHIP 
TEAM

Adrian joined Tyro in May 2021 as part of the acquisition of Medipass, and took over 
leadership of the Tyro Health business in October 2022. He has over 20 years experience 
leading digital products and businesses, in industries including financial services, health 
and advertising. After starting his career as a chartered accountant and then consultant 
at PricewaterhouseCoopers, Adrian moved into leadership roles at Sensis, Medibank and 
Telstra Health, before joining Medipass in 2017 to build what is now one of Australia’s 
leading digital payments platforms for health providers.
CEO Tyro Health 
ADRIANO PERILLO
Steve is a Chartered Global Management Accountant (CGMA) and Certified Information 
Systems Auditor (CISA). He joined Tyro in March 2019 and was appointed as Chief Risk 
Officer on 10 June 2021 leading the Tyro Risk and Compliance function. Prior to this role, 
Steve led the Internal Audit function, providing the Board and Management with an 
independent view on whether Tyro has an appropriate risk and control environment. After 
graduating from the University of Glasgow, Steve began his career in project management 
for a large UK utility firm before moving into audit and risk roles. Steve moved to Australia 
ten years ago with his family and has since worked for Woolworths, IAG and QBE.
Chief Risk Officer 
STEVE CHAPMAN
Praveenesh is a qualified CPA and a member of the Chartered Financial Analysts Institute 
and has over 15 years’ professional experience. Praveenesh was appointed CFO of Tyro in 
October 2014, with full responsibilities for the company’s Finance function. Having started 
his career with PricewaterhouseCoopers in Fiji, Praveenesh has had extensive managerial 
experiences in the Property and Financial Services sectors as well as managing large 
integration and strategic finance related projects.
Chief Financial Officer 
PRAVEENESH PALA
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 73

74 | Annual Report 2024
   DIRECTORS’ 
REPORT
1. 2024 Corporate Governance Statement
The Group’s governance arrangements and practices as compared to the ASX Corporate Governance Council’s Corporate Governance 
Principles and Recommendations (4th Edition) are set out in our Corporate Governance Statement. The Group must also comply with 
its constitution, the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), the ASX Listing Rules, the Banking Act 1959 (Cth), the Financial Accountability Regime 
Act 2003 (Cth) amongst other laws, and, as an Authorised Deposit taking Institution, with governance requirements prescribed by the 
Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA) under Prudential Standard CPS 510 Governance and other applicable published APRA 
Prudential Standards. Information about the Group’s corporate governance policies and practices can be found in the 2024 Corporate 
Governance Statement available at:  
https://investors.tyro.com/investor-centre/?page=corporate-governance 
2. Directors 
The following persons held office as Directors of the Company during the financial year and up to the date of this Report (unless 
otherwise stated):
Details, including term of office, qualifications, experience and information on other directorships held by Directors, can be found on 
pages 64 to 71 of the Annual Report. 
3. Company Secretary 
Jairan (Jay) Amigh was appointed as Company Secretary on 20 February 2020. Jay holds Bachelors of Law and Commerce and has over
30 years in legal practice focusing on financial services and corporate governance.
Fiona Pak-Poy 
Chair and Non-executive Director 
Independent 
 
David Fite 
Non-executive Director 
Independent 
 
Claire Hatton 
Non-executive Director 
Independent 
 
Aliza Knox 
Non-executive Director 
Independent 
 
Paul Rickard 
Non-executive Director 
Independent 
 
Shefali Roy 
Non-executive Director 
Independent 
 
Jon Davey 
CEO and Managing Director 
Executive 
Appointed as a Director  
on 1 September 2023 

In addition to the Board and Committee meeting attendances noted above, a number of Directors participated in other Committees 
established for special purposes. At the date of this report, the Company has an Audit Committee, Risk Committee, People Committee 
and Nominations Committee. The members of each Committee are as follows: 
4. Meetings of Directors 
The number of meetings of the Company’s Directors (including meetings of Committees of Directors) and the number of meetings 
attended by each Director during the financial year were:
5. Directors’ interest in securities 
The relevant interest of each Non-Executive Director in securities of the Company at the date of this Directors’ Report is as follows: 
Audit Committee
Risk Committee
People Committee
Nominations Committee
Paul Rickard (Chair) 
Paul Rickard (Chair) 
Claire Hatton (Chair) 
Fiona Pak-Poy (Chair) 
David Fite 
David Fite 
Fiona Pak-Poy 
David Fite 
Claire Hatton 
Aliza Knox 
Aliza Knox 
Claire Hatton 
Fiona Pak-Poy 
Shefali Roy 
Shefali Roy 
Aliza Knox 
 
 
 
Paul Rickard 
 
 
 
Shefali Roy 
Director1
Relevant interest in 
ordinary shares 
Options over 
ordinary shares
Rights over ordinary 
shares (Director Fee 
Sacrifice)²
Fiona Pak-Poy 
286,703 
83,000 
- 
David Fite 
16,643,767 
- 
- 
Paul Rickard 
2,357,749 
- 
144,783 
Aliza Knox 
- 
- 
22,522 
Claire Hatton 
36,417 
- 
- 
Shefali Roy 
26,444 
-
22,522 
Director
Board of Director 
Meetings
Audit 
Committee 
Meetings
Risk Committee 
Meetings
People 
Committee 
Meetings 
Nominations 
Committee 
Meetings 
 
A 
B 
A 
B 
A 
B 
A 
B 
A 
B 
Fiona Pak-Poy 
17 
17 
6 
6 
nm 
nm 
6 
6 
4 
4 
David Fite 
17 
16 
6 
5 
6 
6 
nm 
nm 
4 
4 
Claire Hatton 
17 
17 
6 
6 
nm 
nm 
6 
6 
4 
4 
Aliza Knox 
17 
17 
nm 
nm 
6 
6 
6 
6 
4 
4 
Paul Rickard 
17 
16 
6 
6 
6 
6 
nm 
nm 
4 
4 
Shefali Roy 
17 
15 
nm 
nm 
6 
6 
6 
6 
4 
4 
Jon Davey1 
14 
14 
nm 
nm 
nm 
nm 
nm 
nm 
nm 
nm 
A Number of meetings during the year while the Director was a member of the Board or Committee.  
B Number of meetings attended by the Director as a member during the year. 
nm Not a member of the relevant Committee. 
1 The CEO & Managing Director is an Executive Director and is invited by the Board to attend the Audit Committee, Risk Committee, People Commiitee and Nominations Committee 
meetings (or part thereof).
1 Includes shares held by entities controlled by Directors  
2 Relates to FY24 Remuneration Sacrifice Rights to be converted to shares in FY25.
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 75

76 | Annual Report 2024
6. Operating and financial review
Refer to the CEO’s Letter to Shareholders and Operating and 
Financial Review on pages 20 to 31 of the Annual Report, which 
forms part of this Directors’ Report for details of Tyro’s principal 
activities, business strategies and financial performance and 
position for the year ended 30 June 2024.
7. Material risks to business strategies and 
prospects for future financial years 
Refer to the CEO’s Letter to Shareholders and Operating and 
Financial Review on pages 20 to 31 of the Annual Report, which 
forms part of this Directors’ Report for details of Tyro’s material 
risks, and strategies to mitigate risks, as at 30 June 2024.
8. Dividends
No dividends were paid to shareholders or otherwise 
recommended or declared for payment during the year.
9. Share-based payments
Details of share-based payments are disclosed in our 
Remuneration Report on pages 78 to 99 and in Note 14 of the 
Financial Report.
10. Additional information indemnities and 
insurance
Clause 54 of the Company’s Constitution provides that every 
person who is or has been a Director or Secretary of the Group 
must be indemnified by the Company, to the extent permitted by 
law, against: 
	 •	Liabilities incurred by the person as an officer of the Company 
or a subsidiary; and 
	 •	For legal costs incurred by the person in defending any 
proceedings which relate to a liability incurred by that person 
as an officer of the Company.  
The Company has executed Deeds of Indemnity, Insurance and 
Access, consistent with this Clause, in favour of all current 
Directors of the Company, the Company Secretary who is named in 
this Directors’ Report and the Company’s current Chief Financial 
Officer. The Company has also entered into equivalent Deeds of 
Indemnity with former Directors and Secretaries of the Company, 
in accordance with the Company’s previous Constitution. Each 
Deed indemnifies those persons for the full amount of all such 
liabilities including costs and expenses, subject to their terms. 
For the year ended 30 June 2024, no amounts have been paid 
pursuant to indemnities (FY23: Nil). The Company’s Constitution 
also allows the Company to pay insurance premiums for contracts 
insuring the current and former Directors and Secretaries of the 
Company in relation to any such liabilities and legal costs.  
During or since the end of the financial year, the Company has paid 
the premium in respect of contracts insuring each of the Directors 
and the Secretary named in this Directors’ Report, the former 
Directors, and the officers of the Company as permitted by the 
Corporations Act 2001. The class of officers insured by the policy 
includes all officers of the Company. The terms of the contracts 
of insurance prohibit the disclosure of the nature of the liabilities 
insured against and the amount of the premium. As at the date 
of this report, no amounts have been claimed or paid in respect 
of these insurance contracts other than the premium referred 
to above.
To the extent permitted by law, the Company has agreed to 
indemnify its auditors, Ernst & Young, as part of the terms of its 
audit engagement agreement against claims by third parties and 
resulting liabilities, losses, damages, costs and expenses arising 
from the audit (for an unspecified amount). This indemnity does not 
extend to matters finally determined to have arisen from Ernst & 
Young’s negligent, wrongful or wilful acts or omissions.
11. Proceedings on behalf of the Group
On 4 September 2023 Tyro commenced proceedings in the Supreme 
Court of New South Wales against Kounta Pty Ltd (Kounta) asserting 
that Kounta breached its obligations to Tyro by offering a competing 
product in Lightspeed Payments to Tyro merchants (Proceedings). On 
16 February 2024, Tyro entered into a Settlement Deed with Kounta 
ahead of the hearing of Kounta’s appeal to the orders made in Tyro’s 
favour on 16 November 2023. Under the Settlement Deed, the parties 
agreed to settle the Proceedings on the basis that: 
	 •	Kounta’s appeal be dismissed; 
	 •	Judgement in the Proceedings be entered in Tyro’s favour; 
	 •	Kounta pay Tyro $10 million in damages; and  
	 •	until 6 September 2024, Kounta be restrained from soliciting, 
inducing, or otherwise attempting to persuade an agreed list of 
mutual merchants of both Tyro and any of Kounta, Lightspeed 
Commerce, Inc. or Vend Limited to become a merchant of any 
other entity providing acquiring services. 
	 •	The $10 million damages payment was received on 16 
February 2024.
12. Non-audit services
The Group may decide to employ its auditor on assignments 
additional to their statutory audit duties where the auditor’s 
expertise and experience with the Group is important.  
The Board has considered the position and, in accordance with 
the advice received from the Audit Committee, is satisfied that the 
provision of the non-audit services is compatible with the general 
standard of independence for auditors imposed by the Corporations 
Act 2001.  
The Directors are satisfied that the provision of non-audit services 
by the auditor, as set out below, did not compromise the auditor 
independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 for the 
following reasons: 
	 •	All non-audit services have been reviewed by the Audit 
Committee or its delegate to ensure they do not impact the 
impartiality and objectivity of the auditor; and 
	 •	None of the services undermine the general principles relating 
to auditor independence as set out in APES 110 Code of Ethics 
for Professional Accountants, including reviewing or auditing 
the auditor’s own work, acting in a management or a decision-
making capacity for the Group, acting as advocate for the Group 
or jointly sharing economic risk and rewards.  
The non-audit services paid to the auditors (Ernst & Young) was for 
regulatory compliance amounting to $100,000. Details of the audit 
and non-audit fees paid or payable for services provided by the 
auditors are detailed in Note 23 of the Financial Report.
13.Auditor’s independence 
A copy of the auditor’s independence declaration as required under 
Section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001 is set out on page 101 
and forms part of the Directors’ Report for the financial year ended 
30 June 2024. 
FY24 DIRECTORS' REPORT

14. Rounding of amounts
The Group is of a kind referred to in Legislative Instrument 2016/191, 
issued by the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, 
relating to the ‘rounding off’ of amounts in the Directors’ Report. 
Amounts in the Directors’ Report have been rounded off in 
accordance with that Legislative Instrument to the nearest thousand 
dollars, or in certain cases, to the nearest dollar. This Directors’ 
Report is made in accordance with a resolution of the Directors.
15. Significant events after the end of the 
financial year 
On 4 July 2024, the Group created the Tyro Employee Share Trust. 
The purpose of the trust is to acquire Tyro shares on-market to be 
held within the trust for satisfying the Group’s share based payments 
compensation obligations.
On 31 July 2024, Tyro announced Prav Pala's resignation as 
Chief Financial Officer. The Group has appointed Emma Burke as 
replacement Chief Financial Officer.
In the opinion of the Directors, other than the matters noted 
above, there have been no matters or circumstances which have 
arisen between 30 June 2024 and the date of this report that have 
significantly affected or may significantly affect the operations of 
the Group, the result of those operations or the state of affairs of the 
Group in subsequent financial years.
16. Likely developments and expected results 
Other than the developments described in this report, the Directors 
are of the opinion that no other matters or circumstances will 
significantly affect the operations and expected results of the Group.
17. Remuneration report 
The Group’s Remuneration Report which forms part of the Directors’ 
Report can be found on pages 78 to 99 of this Annual Report.
JON DAVEY  
CEO and Managing Director
FIONA PAK-POY  
Chair
Sydney, 26 August 2024
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 77

03
REMUNERATION 
REPORT


 WE REMAIN PROUD OF 
OUR DIVERSE AND VIBRANT 
CULTURE. WE KNOW THAT AN 
ENGAGED TEAM, CONNECTED 
WITH OUR MISSION, PURPOSE 
AND STRATEGY IS CORE TO US 
ACHIEVING OUR AMBITIONS.”
80 | Annual Report 2024
   LETTER FROM  
THE CHAIR OF  
THE PEOPLE 
COMMITTEE 
Dear fellow shareholders,
On behalf of the Board and the People Committee, I am pleased to 
present Tyro’s 2024 Remuneration Report. 
This report outlines how we incentivise and reward our team, 
including our CEO and Key Management Personnel (KMPs), to 
drive strong performance and deliver long-term value for you, 
our shareholders. 
We are pleased with our FY24 financial results, which were achieved 
despite challenging economic conditions. We generated $30.4 
million of free cash flow (more than five times higher than FY23) and 
our profit for the year increased more than fourfold to $25.7 million. 
This success follows the implementation of our new operating 
model in FY23 with our leaner team focused on delivery and high-
performance. We remain proud of our diverse and vibrant culture. 
We know that an engaged team, connected with our mission, 
purpose and strategy is core to us achieving our ambitions. We 
are committed to making Tyro an even greater place to work and 
grow for our team members by investing in our learning and career 
development programs and enhancing our focus on wellbeing, 
particularly psychosocial safety. 
We work with the management team to set clear and ambitious 
KPIs each year to drive both financial and non-financial business 
outcomes. We also review our incentive structures annually to 
ensure we are encouraging the right outcomes for shareholders and 
that our variable pay rewards performance. Where necessary, the 
Board will exercise our discretion to adjust variable remuneration.  
REMUNERATION REPORT

 WE ARE COMMITTED TO 
ACTIVELY ENGAGING WITH 
OUR SHAREHOLDERS, THEIR 
REPRESENTATIVES, AND  
PROXY ADVISORS.”
 REMUNERATION  
OUTCOMES REFLECT SOLID 
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE.”
We stated in last year’s remuneration report that FY24 would 
be an opportune time to further evolve our remuneration 
framework, and we have, with changes made to both our Short-
Term Incentive (STI) and Long-Term Incentive (LTI) schemes 
which are detailed in this remuneration report. 
This year, Executive KMP employees received a weighted 
average annual bonus (STI) equivalent to 63.7% of their target 
amount and 48.3% of their maximum amount. This reflects 
solid performance in meeting the financial metrics although 
the total amount was reduced due to underperformance in the 
non-financial customer-related metric. The Board chose not to 
exercise its discretion to adjust the STI amount, deeming the 
outcome to be appropriate. The FY24 LTI will be evaluated in 
2026, with information on the results of previously issued LTI 
offers available in this report. 
Listening and responding to feedback on the 
FY23 Remuneration Report 
Following the 2023 Annual General Meeting (AGM) where Tyro 
received a 'first strike' against adopting its 2023 Remuneration 
Report, the Board has actively engaged in discussions with 
shareholders, their representatives, and proxy advisors. This 
engagement aimed to gather feedback, understand concerns, 
and address issues raised. 
Key concerns were carefully considered and addressed through 
changes already implemented or planned for FY25, aligning 
with the company’s evolving remuneration strategy. The 
Board remains committed to ongoing dialogue and enhancing 
transparency to address shareholder concerns. Additional 
information will be provided to foster a more informed 
understanding of the remuneration approach. 
We also acknowledge the frustration from some shareholders 
that, like many payments companies globally, our share price 
hasn’t reflected the strong financial performance that we’re 
delivering. The key issues we heard from shareholders and our 
responses are:
Retention rights: A one-off retention incentive of 750,000 
services rights was awarded to the CFO (Prav Pala) on 9 
September 2022, with the service rights vesting in three equal 
tranches over 30 months. This offer was made to ensure stability 
as the business transitioned to a new CEO tasked with driving 
considerable organisational change while there was also a 
protracted period of external interest in acquiring Tyro. 
Two of the three tranches have vested and the third will be 
forfeited given the resignation of Prav Pala as announced on 31 
July 2024. Prav will exit the business in mid-November 2024, 
with Emma Burke starting as CFO on 28 October 2024. 
Use of EBITDA targets for both the STI and LTI: While we used 
EBITDA metrics for both the STI and LTI schemes, a different 
approach was applied to the target ​setting, ​distinguishing 
between short and long-term goals, with the LTI targets 
including ambitious compound annual growth rate (CAGR) 
targets. We are confident that these metrics were the right ones 
for where our business was at the time when we were focused on 
gross profit and working toward profitability.  
Now that we are profitable, we are modifying our LTI 
performance targets to align with shareholder returns and 
value creation. In FY25, we will remove the EBITDA target and 
introduce Earning per Share (EPS) while maintaining the use of 
relative Total Shareholder Return (rTSR) metrics as our key LTI 
performance targets. In FY25, we will also replace the EBITDA 
metric for the STI with a three equally weighted metrics of gross 
profit (normalised), cash operating leverage (normalised) and 
net profit before tax (statutory). We have made this change to 
ensure that there is adequate focus on statutory profitability, 
whilst also rewarding management for driving business growth to 
support future profitability. 
Greater disclosure on STI award triggers: Previously some of our 
disclosures relating to how STI awards are achieved would have 
benefited from a greater level of detail. In this year’s report we 
have outlined a more detailed view of how STI awards are set, 
achieved and tested. 
Exclusion of share-based payments from the EBITDA targets: 
We changed the FY24 LTI metric to be EBITDA after share-based 
payments. As we have outlined, we will no longer use EBITDA as a 
performance metric for either our STI or LTI from FY25.  
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 81

 WE ARE CONFIDENT OUR 
REMUNERATION FRAMEWORK 
INCENTIVISES AND REWARDS 
HIGH PERFORMANCE THAT 
DELIVERS SUSTAINABLE LONG-
TERM VALUE CREATION AND 
REFLECTS THE INTERESTS OF 
OUR SHAREHOLDERS.”
82 | Annual Report 2024
Key changes made in FY24
As noted above, several changes were made to the FY24 STI to 
align it more closely with our strategy to drive shareholder value, 
while making it more compelling for our employees.  
The changes include:​
	 •	 The individual KPI performance component increased from 
20% to 40%. This change was made to ensure that individuals 
are accountable for the financial and non-financial metrics 
that they can control. It’s important to note that Tyro is APRA 
regulated and to comply with regulations, we must ensure 
non-financial measures are also appropriately incentivised. 
Financial metrics will continue to represent at least 30% of 
the individual KPI components of the CEO and CFO targets.  
	 •	 Consequently, the customer performance component of 
the STI decreased from 40% to 20% and focused on the 
metric deemed to be the most meaningful and objective - 
our NPS score. Executives with accountability for customer 
performance are also incentivised directly in their individual 
performance component.  
	 •	 Split of equity to cash for Executive KMP and XLT changed to 
50:50 from 67:33 to ensure we can attract and retain senior 
leaders in a competitive market, with vesting conditions of 
the equity component simplified and shortened. 
	 •	 The introduction of risk and performance ‘gate openers’ 
which must be met for any team member to be eligible for an 
STI. For all team members this includes the completion of all 
mandatory compliance training and demonstration of clearly 
defined risk culture behaviours. For our senior leaders this 
includes a broader range of targets. Where these have not 
been met, the individual will not be awarded an STI. This has 
been introduced to reinforce the fact that risk management is 
a fundamental part of everyone’s role at Tyro. 
	 •	 The target percentage of Fixed Annual Remuneration (FAR) 
potentially awarded to some XLT members, including the 
Chief Risk Officer, who is an Executive KMP, increased to 50%. 
This change was made to reflect additional accountabilities 
taken on by XLT members following operating model changes 
and to recognise the contribution of each department to 
deliver company-wide outcomes.
The LTI rewards participants for their contribution to achieving 
long-term strategic priorities, ​incentivise​s​ retention, and ensures​ ​
compliance with deferral requirements under the Banking 
Executive Accountability Regime (and its replacement, the 
Financial Accountability Regime). In FY23 we introduced a relative 
TSR (rTSR) metric alongside an EBITDA 3-year CAGR metric. The 
50/50 split between performance metrics was adopted again 
in FY24.  
The changes include:​
	 •	 The use of EBITDA after share-based payment expense metric 
rather than EBITDA before share-based payments.
	 •	 Reducing the number of participants by 50%. 
CLAIRE HATTON  
Chair - People Committee
26 August 2024
Chair and Non-executive Director fees  
Non-executive Director fees were reviewed at the end of the 2023 
calendar year following a comprehensive benchmarking exercise. 
This benchmarking revealed that the Chair fee relative to the 
Non-executive Director base member fee, had a Chair to Member 
ratio 1.5​:​1, which is much lower than market comparable averages 
of 1.90 – 2.09. To address this, the Chair: Member ratio has been 
adjusted to 1.75, increasing the Chair fee from $210,000 (before 
superannuation) to $243,243 (before superannuation) from 1 
January 2024. 
Non-executive Director fees did not change and will not be 
increased to accommodate increased compulsory superannuation 
contributions from 1 July 2024.  
Looking ahead to FY25 
As outlined above we have made some changes that will take 
effect in FY25. These include: 
	 •	 Replacing the EBITDA metric for the LTI with EPS, which 
will be used alongside rTSR as an equally weighted 
performance metric. 
	 •	 Replacing the EBITDA metric for the STI with three equally 
weighted metrics of gross profit (normalised), cash operating 
leverage (normalised) and net profit before tax (statutory). 
Employee Share Trust 
On 4 July 2024, Tyro incorporated the Tyro Employee Share Trust 
(EST) to acquire shares on-market and allocate to future exercised 
employee rights and options. Currently, vested awards that are 
exercised or converted are satisfied by the issuance of new Tyro 
shares, which has a dilutive impact on shareholders. We see the 
introduction of the EST as a positive for our shareholders and 
expect the EST will begin acquiring shares on-market later this 
financial year. 
We are confident this remuneration framework incentivises and 
rewards high performance that delivers sustainable long-term 
value creation and reflects the interests of our shareholders. 
I look forward to receiving your views and support at the 2024 
Annual General Meeting. 
Yours sincerely
REMUNERATION REPORT

Year ended 30 June 2024  | 83

84 | Annual Report 2024
  REMUNERATION 
REPORT 2024 
REMUNERATION REPORT
This Report forms part of the Directors’ Report and sets out the remuneration arrangements of the Group for the year ended 30 June 2024 
and is prepared in accordance with Section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. The information has been audited as required by Section 
308(3C) of the Corporations Act 2001.
The report details the remuneration arrangements for Tyro’s Key Management Personnel (KMP). KMP are those persons having authority 
and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group, directly or indirectly, including all Directors. Executive 
KMP roles are Chief Executive Officer (CEO), Chief Financial Officer (CFO), and Chief Risk Officer (CRO). 
In this Report
Remuneration governance 
Remuneration framework
Key Management Personnel (KMP)
Short-Term Incentive (STI)
Long-Term Incentive (LTI)
Executive KMP Remuneration
Non-Executive Director Remuneration
Summary of Options and Rights under issue

Remuneration framework
Our approach to remuneration is underpinned by the following principles.
Remuneration governance
Tyro’s remuneration governance and framework is overseen by the 
People Committee (the Committee) as a formal committee of the 
Board. The Committee consists of four Non-executive Directors, 
with one performing the role of Chair.
This Committee provides Tyro with a robust governance framework 
to ensure remuneration policies, practices and outcomes are 
competitive, enabling Tyro to attract, retain and reward talent, and 
are reasonable and aligned with shareholder expectations.  
The principal responsibilities of the Committee are outlined in the 
People Committee Charter, available on the corporate governance 
page of the Group’s website (https://investors.tyro.com/investor-
centre/?page=corporate-governance). Under the Committee 
Charter, the majority of Committee members must be independent 
Non-executive Directors and the Chair of the Committee must be an 
independent Non-executive Director. Currently, all members of the 
Committee (including the Chair of the Committee) are independent 
Non-executive Directors.
The Committee considers recommendations from the management 
team in relation to all remuneration outcomes for employees, 
including Executive KMP and senior executives, ahead of 
recommending to the Board for approval. Feedback is regularly 
sought from shareholders and independent remuneration 
consultants are engaged as required to provide information 
regarding market dynamics, trends and regulatory developments, 
specifically those impacting financial services companies. In 
FY24 benchmarking reports in relation to the remuneration of the 
Executive Leadership Team (XLT) and Non-executive Director fees 
were commissioned. The Board is satisfied that no remuneration 
recommendations (as defined in the Corporations Act 2001) were 
provided by external remuneration advisors during FY24.
FY23 Remuneration Report: First strike received at 2023 AGM
At the 2023 Annual General Meeting, Tyro received a first strike 
against its Remuneration Report. Although more than 50% of 
the votes were in favour of the resolution to approve the 2023 
Remuneration Report, 44.16% of the votes were against resulting in 
a ‘first strike’. 
Following this strike, the Chair of the Board and Chair of the 
People Committee have actively engaged with shareholders, their 
representatives and proxy advisors to listen to their feedback 
and better understand their concerns. As outlined in the People 
Committee Chair’s letter we understand the key issues contributing 
to the strike as being the award of retention rights to the CFO in 
September 2022; use of an EBITDA metric for both our STI and 
LTI plans; the exclusion of share-based payments expense in 
the EBITDA metrics; and a desire for greater disclosure on award 
triggers and thresholds. We have listened and believe these 
concerns have been addressed through the changes we have made 
from FY24.
Remuneration principles
Align reward with delivery 
against strategic objectives
Performance-based remuneration with variable pay outcomes linked to the delivery of strategic goals, 
demonstration of company values and appropriate management of risk. 
Attract, motivate and retain 
a highly skilled team
Remuneration positioned at levels that ensure we can access the right talent pool to drive our business forward.
Align with  
shareholder outcomes 
The structure of our short-term incentive and long-term incentive plans incentivise and reward high performance 
that delivers sustainable long-term value creation and reflects the interests of our shareholders.
Comply with regulatory 
requirements
Meet both the spirit and intent of all regulatory requirements.
Be transparent and  
easy to understand
Simple and effective remuneration structures that are clearly communicated to, and understood by, team 
members and external stakeholders.
Promote gender  
pay equity
We are committed to gender pay equity and have initiatives in place to reduce our gender pay gap.
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 85

86 | Annual Report 2024
REMUNERATION REPORT
Key Management Personnel (KMP)
The Group’s KMP covered in this report are Tyro’s Non-executive Directors, CEO, CFO and CRO. The CEO, CFO and CRO are collectively 
referred to as Executive KMP throughout. The only change made to KMPs in FY24 was the appointment of CEO Jon Davey to Managing 
Director on 1 September 2023.
Short-Term Incentive
Evolution of Tyro’s STI
Tyro’s STI is designed to incentivise and reward high performance against KPIs set in line with Tyro’s strategy, and reflect key growth drivers 
to deliver returns for shareholders. The STI is open to all employees who meet or exceed their set KPIs and demonstrate behaviours in line 
with our values and risk culture. 
The structure of our STI has developed since it was introduced in FY19 evolving to meet the changing strategic and financial objectives 
of the Group, particularly as we’ve transitioned to profitability in recent years. While consistently maintaining a significant weighting on 
financial performance, increased weighting has been placed on the individual component to both incentivise performance against KPIs the 
individual can influence, and to ensure we adhere to APRA’s Financial Accountability Regime (and its predecessor, the Banking Executive 
Accountability Regime) requirements. Assessment of the STI also includes a customer component which has been included since the 
introduction of the STI in FY19. Over this period, we have settled on an appropriate equity component for the XLT, including Executive KMP, 
and have simplified the structure to be a more easily understood and compelling employee proposition for the broader business. 
STI Awards for Executive KMPs
In terms of the Executive KMP and XLT, the CEO has a target STI potential of 75% of their FAR and a maximum opportunity of 100% of FAR. 
Excluding the CEO, a target STI potential of 50% of Executive KMP FAR is available as an STI (between 50% to 75% at maximum). All other 
XLT are allocated a potential target incentive amount of 50% of FAR. The STI award for Executive KMP and the XLT is delivered 50% in cash 
and 50% in equity rights that are awarded in a single tranche 12 months after grant.
Component
Alignment to performance  
and delivery of strategy
Fixed Annual Remuneration (FAR)  
Consisting of base salary and superannuation.
Set at a market competitive level in relation to the scope, complexity, capabilities 
and individual performance of the role.
All roles are benchmarked annually against relevant comparator groups, and an 
annual salary review occurs in December with any remuneration changes effective 
from 1 January. 
Short-Term Incentive Plan (STI)  
At risk component set as a percentage of FAR 
granted in a mix of cash and, for senior employees, 
equity rights.
Performance assessed against financial, customer and individual KPI metrics. 
For senior employees, fifty percent of this award is granted via equity (with the 
other fifty percent in cash) which supports alignment with shareholder interest.
Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTI)
At risk component set as a percentage of FAR and 
granted in the form of performance rights annually 
to participating senior leaders and the XLT.
Performance assessed against two financial metrics; Statutory EBITDA (after share-
based payments expense) (50%) and Tyro’s rTSR to the S&P ASX All Technology 
Index (XTX) (50%).
These metrics incentivise profitability and shareholder wealth creation and the 
three-year vesting period encourages long-term decision making and value creation 
and serves as a retention tool. 
Non-executive Directors
Term as KMP
Fiona Pak-Poy
Chair, Non-executive Director 
Full year
David Fite
Non-executive Director
Full year
Claire Hatton
Non-executive Director 
Full year
Aliza Knox
Non-executive Director
Full year
Paul Rickard
Non-executive Director
Full year
Shefali Roy
Non-executive Director
Full year
Executive KMP
Term as KMP
Jon Davey
CEO & Managing Director
Full year
Prav Pala
Chief Financial Officer
Full year
Steve Chapman
Chief Risk Officer
Full year
Managing Director
Term as KMP
Jon Davey
CEO & Managing Director 
Full year1
1 As noted above, Jon Davey was appointed as Managing Director on 1 September 2023. 
Remuneration framework (continued)

Board discretion and malus provisions
Grant of an STI is at the discretion of the Board and is assessed following the conclusion of the relevant financial year. Whether an STI is 
granted will depend on satisfaction of various criteria, including individual performance against key performance indicators, customer 
performance outcomes and financial performance outcomes, as determined by the Board.
The Board retains the full discretion in relation to revising STI targets where material changes have occurred during the year.  Furthermore, 
all equity granted to the Executive KMP and XLT in relation to STI awards are subject to malus provisions and the Board has the discretion to 
adjust, lapse or forfeit an award prior to vesting under the terms of the equity grant.
Changes made to FY24 STI design
As noted, the STI design has continued to evolve to ensure it is fit-for-purpose in creating closer alignment between the business and 
our shareholders. Significant changes were made to the FY24 STI to further incentivise and reward high performance against set KPIs 
and behaviours, and aid in the retention and attraction of talent. These changes were introduced alongside an enhanced performance 
management framework under which the qualification threshold for an STI award has increased.  
Key changes include:
	 •	 Weightings allocated to the individual and customer components of the STI were amended, with the individual component increasing to 
40% (from 20% in FY23) and the customer component reducing to 20% (from 40% in FY23). The financial component stayed at 40%.
	 	 The change in weighting of the customer component reflects the reduction in the number of customer-related metrics to one sole 
measure of customer advocacy, our Net Promoter Score (NPS). Previously included customer metrics such as merchant applications, 
customer and transaction churn, and product adoption have been removed as results from these customer metrics are captured in 
financial metrics and the individual KPIs of relevant executives and employees. It followed that the weighting allocated to the customer 
component was reduced. 
	 	 Ahead of FY24 an enhanced performance framework, incorporating clear KPIs, was introduced, and a decision was made to increase the 
individual component to incentivise delivery against KPIs. From a business perspective, this increase has also put more of the STI at 
risk for those who have not delivered.
	 •	 The split between cash and equity for the Executive KMP and XLT moved to 50% cash and 50% equity. The split has changed over the 
previous three years, from 75% cash and 25% equity in FY21 and FY22 to 33% cash and 67% equity in FY23. The 50:50 split is designed 
to attract and retain talent with the allocation of cash and equity awarded to other senior leaders at Tyro in line with market practice. 
	 •	 The vesting requirements of the equity component has been amended and simplified with the rights vesting in one tranche 12-months 
from the offer date (and still subject to Tyro’s malus provisions). This replaces the previous terms for Executive KMP and XLT where half 
of the equity vested in equal tranches over a 12-month period and the other half was deferred for four years. This change has been made 
to simplify the plan to make it more attractive to recipients and in line with market practice, recognising that it is designed to drive the 
achievement of annual results and is distinct from Tyro’s Long-Term Incentive plan. 
Key terms of the FY24 STI equity rights under the Plan Rules
Terms
Description
Administration
The plan is administered by the Board (or the Board’s delegate).
Eligibility
Full-time and part-time employees of the Group are eligible to receive awards under the STI Plan. The Board will 
select eligible employees to whom awards are to be granted from time to time.
Grant date
The date specified as the grant date in each participant’s offer document.
Expiry
Rights issued under the plan will lapse 10 years after the date on which the relevant right vests.
Vesting dates
For Executive KMP and XLT vesting takes place in one tranche 12 months after the grant date with no performance 
hurdle and no holding lock post vesting. Rights will vest regardless of whether the recipient is still employed at the 
vesting date.
Exercise
Following satisfaction of the vesting condition on the vesting date, the relevant number of rights may be exercised at 
nil consideration.
Rights
Each right granted entitles the holder to one share on exercise. Shares resulting from an exercise of service rights 
rank equally with other shares, and shareholders are entitled to the same dividend and voting rights specified in our 
constitution.
Holding lock period
None. 
Malus provisions
Rights may be clawed back prior to vesting in certain circumstances, including where there has been a material 
misrepresentation of the financial outcomes on which the payment had been assessed and/or the participant’s 
actions have been found to be fraudulent, dishonest or in breach of their duties or obligations to the Group (e.g. 
misconduct).
Amendments
The Board may amend the terms of the plan without consent of the participants if the amendment does not reduce 
the rights of the participants.
Other terms
The rules of the plan include other terms relating to the administration, transfer, termination and variation of 
the plan.
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 87

88 | Annual Report 2024
REMUNERATION REPORT
Tyro’s FY24 performance and link to FY24 STI award
In FY24, Tyro generated a normalised EBITDA of $55.7 million, an increase of 31.6% compared with FY23. The increase in EBITDA reflects 
an increase in gross profit, and an improvement in our overall operating efficiency. Gross profit increased by 9.1%, driven by an improved 
payments margin, higher transaction volumes and a greater contribution from banking and our corporate investments. Our operating 
efficiency, measured as operating expenses as a percentage of gross profit, improved as a result of the leaner and more focused 
operating model.
FY24 Financial performance
Customer advocacy
The final NPS score for FY24 was +10 which has resulted in no award for the customer metric. This lower score can be attributed to higher 
wait times in our contact centre. Over the past 6 months we have seen a 30% increase in calls. These have predominantly been driven as a 
result of payroll tax changes that have impacted our health merchants, and by merchants calling as a result of the impending shutdown of 
the 3G network.
Individual component
Executive KMP and the XLT are required to individually achieve against a balanced scorecard comprised of a mixture of financial and  
non-financial KPIs. These KPIs represent 40% of the total STI.
Financial measure
FY24
FY23
FY22
FY21
FY20
Transaction value
$42.9 billion
$42.6 billion
$34.2 billion
$25.5 billion
$20.1 billion
Gross profit  
(normalised)
$210.8 million
$193.2 million
$148.5 million
$119.7 million
$93.5 million
EBITDA (normalised)1
$55.7 million
$42.3 million
$10.7 million
$14.2 million
($4.4 million)
EBITDA (statutory)1
$89.8 million
$53.8 million
$14.4 million
($3.1 million)
($4.4 million)
Free cash flow2
$30.4 million
$5.7 million
($34.1 million)
($44.1 million)
($36.2 million)
Share price
$1.00
$1.14
$0.60
$3.68
$3.50
FY24 Targets
Metric
Weighting
Performance measure
Target
Rationale
Financial
40%
Achievement of FY24  
target normalised EBITDA 
(before share-based payment 
expenses). 
Normalised EBITDA target of $60 million 
(before share-based payments expense).
No incentive pool is formed for normalised 
EBITDA below $52 million.
Pool caps out at a maximum for 
normalised EBITDA (before share-based 
payments expense) of $70 million at a 
capped maximum award of 150% of target.
Key indicator of financial performance 
and profitability.
Ensures continued focus on growth and 
operational efficiency.
Customer
20%
Customer satisfaction  
with a target NPS of 40.
NPS of 40.
No incentive pool is formed for NPS of 
30 or lower.
Pool caps out at NPS of 40 with no scope 
for over-achievement.
Key indicator of customer satisfaction 
and advocacy and is aligned with 
customer-centric strategy and values.
Individual
40% 
Delivery against set KPIs 
which all roll up those  
set for the CEO.
Performance against KPIs is monitored 
throughout the year and assessed 
annually against a scale that informs the 
individual’s performance.
Where all KPIs are delivered, 75% of the 
individual component will be delivered.
Overachievement of KPIs can lead to a 
higher achievement of the individual STI 
component (ranging between 100% and 
125% of the individual component).
There has been a renewed focus on 
driving a high-performance culture and 
establishing clear accountabilities and 
robust KPIs.
Employees are held to a high 
standard and this design 
incentivises performance.
1 Tyro uses EBITDA as a non-IFRS measure of business performance, which excludes the non-cash impact of share-based payments expense, share of losses from associates, and other 
significant one-off costs. Refer to FY24 Investor Presentation for a reconciliation of normalised results to statutory results.
2 Free cash flow is calculated before changes in banking funds and timing differences relating to net scheme receivables. It is calculated as EBITDA before share-based payments adjusted 
for non-cash items in Tyro’s working capital movements, statutory adjustments (including rent payments) and capital expenditure including internally generated intangibles. Terminal 
capital expenditure includes both new and replacement terminals.
Short-Term Incentive (continued)

CEO Key Performance Indicators and Performance
Assessment of Jon Davey’s individual KPIs for FY24 were determined by the People Committee according to the following KPIs. It is worth 
highlighting that 35% of the CEO’s individual KPIs are financial.
Long-Term Incentive
Evolution of Tyro’s LTI
Tyro’s LTI is designed to reward participants 
for their contributions toward achieving 
Tyro’s strategic priorities and delivering 
long-term sustainable shareholder value 
creation. It also serves as a retention 
tool and ensures that Tyro is meeting 
its regulatory requirements in terms of 
deferred and ‘at-risk’ remuneration.
The structure of the LTI has developed 
significantly over the past four years, 
evolving to reflect Tyro’s increasing focus 
on delivering profitable growth, with 
key changes being the introduction of 
performance rights (instead of options) as 
the equity instrument from FY21 onwards; 
the introduction of rTSR measure as a 
performance hurdle in addition to EBITDA in 
FY23; and a steady reduction in recipients 
from FY22. 
Like all remuneration practices, the Board 
and management team regularly review and 
amend this structure in line with business 
priorities, market practice and stakeholder 
feedback, to ensure it is appropriate. As 
detailed below, some changes were made in 
FY24, and further changes have been made 
to the FY25 LTI which recognise where our 
business is today and addresses concerns 
raised by shareholders.
FY24 LTI Plan
The LTI plan was refined in FY23 to include 
rTSR as an equally weighted performance 
hurdle alongside statutory EBITDA after 
share-based payments to better align the 
incentives of management with outcomes 
for our shareholders. This design was 
carried forward in FY24 however the EBITDA 
target was amended to include share-based 
payments.
The FY24 LTI was awarded to Executive 
KMP, the XLT and other nominated 
employees of Tyro and has been fulfilled 
via an issuance of performance rights. For 
FY24, there were 34 participants (compared 
with 66 in FY23).
Determination of the number of rights 
awarded under the FY24 LTI:
The number of performance rights issued 
to each participant was determined by 
reference to:
•	 the volume weighted average price 
(VWAP) of Tyro shares traded in the 10 
trading days commencing on the day 
following the announcement of Tyro’s 
FY23 full year result;
•	 each participant’s prescribed LTI 
entitlement that falls within the 
participant’s Total Remuneration 
Opportunity (TRO) as approved under the 
remuneration framework; and
•	 for FY24, the target and maximum LTI 
opportunity, based as a percentage of the 
employee’s FAR is:
	 ›	 100% at target and 200% at maximum 
for the CEO as outlined in the key 
remuneration components for 
Executive KMP on page 89 to 91;
	 ›	 50% at target and at maximum for the 
XLT including Executive KMP; and
	 ›	 between 7.5% to 35% at target and 
at maximum for any other nominated 
employees.
The number of performance rights 
that qualify for exercise will depend 
on satisfaction of the following 
performance hurdles:
FY24 STI outcomes for Financial and Customer outcomes – Tyro wide
Performance measure
FY24 Target
FY24 Result
FY24 STI Outcome
Financial (40%) - EBITDA normalised  
before share-based payments expense
$60 million
$55.7 million
79.6%
Customer (20%) - NPS
40
10 
0%
CEO Individual KPIs (weighted at 40% of the overall potential FY24 STI award)
Financial performance (35%)
Achievement against financial metrics including EBITDA margin, gross profit and total transaction value.
Delivery (35%)
Delivery of refreshed strategy and key initiatives focused on growth, customer lifetime value, operational efficiency and innovation.
Customer (15%)
Achievement against new growth, churn and satisfaction metrics.
Organisational (15%)
Achievement against engagement and leadership metrics and delivery of team development and succession plans.
Overall when considering the four KPI metrics Jon achieved a weighted score of 75% of his individual KPI component for FY24 with the 
Board recognising the strong financial outcomes delivered, operating model and organisational changes implemented and the delivery 
and execution against a new strategy. Driving sustainable growth and uplifting customer metrics have been identified as areas requiring 
additional focus in FY25.
Changes to the FY25 STI 
The Board and management continually review the STI structure to ensure it drives the right business outcomes for shareholders and 
employees. Following the substantive changes made for FY24, the FY25 STI will adopt the same cash and equity splits and vesting 
conditions for XLT and Executive KMP which are effective in simplifying the offer. However, the weightings allocated to the Group financial 
component of the STI for XLT and Executive KMP will be increased to 50% (from 40% in FY24) with the individual KPI component decreasing 
to 30% (from 40% in FY24). 
This will mean weightings for XLT and Executive KMP in FY25 will be 50% financial, 30% individual and 20% customer. Furthermore, at least 
30% of the individual KPIs for the CEO and CFO will continue to be financial targets which ensures the financial component is c.60% of the 
total STI opportunity.
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 89

90 | Annual Report 2024
REMUNERATION REPORT
EBITDA hurdle (50% of the Award)
50% of a Participant’s total LTI entitlement will be subject to the satisfaction of an EBITDA hurdle with the vesting percentage determined by 
reference to Tyro’s statutory EBITDA (after share-based payments) compound annual growth rate (CAGR) for the period 1 July 2023 to 30 June 
2026 as specified below:
i.	 Applicable to the CEO
ii.	Applicable to the XLT and other nominated employees
ii.	Applicable to the XLT and other nominated employees
Relative Total Shareholder Return (rTSR) (50% of the Award)
The remaining 50% of each Participant’s total LTI entitlement will be subject to satisfaction of a  rTSR hurdle with the vesting percentage 
determined by reference to Tyro’s TSR ranking relative to the TSR for the S&P ASX All Technology Index (XTX Index) as at 30 June 2026 as 
specified below:
i.	 Applicable to the CEO
In addition to the performance hurdles, employees who participate in the FY24 LTI must remain employed by Tyro at the vesting date for the 
performance rights to vest.
Statutory EBITDA (after share-based payments) 3-year 
CAGR to FY26
Percentage of FY24 Performance Rights to vest
Below 15%
0%
At 15%
25%
Above 15% and below 40%
Pro-rata (25% to 49.5%)
At 40% (at target)
50%
Above 40% and below 60% 
Pro-rata (50% to 99.5%)
At or above 60% (at maximum)
100%
Statutory EBITDA (after share-based payments) 3-year 
CAGR to FY26
Percentage of FY24 Performance Rights to vest
Below 15%
0%
At 15%
50%
Above 15% and below 40%
Pro-rata (50% to 99%)
At or above 40% (at target and maximum)
100%
rTSR XTX Index Percentile Ranking
Percentage of FY24 Performance Rights to vest
Below 50th Percentile
0%
At 50th Percentile
50%
Above 50th and below 75th Percentile
Pro-rata (50% to 99%)
At or above 75th Percentile (at target and maximum)
100%
rTSR XTX Index Percentile Ranking
Percentage of FY24 Performance Rights to vest
Below 50th Percentile
0%
At 50th Percentile
25%
Above 50th and below 75th Percentile
Pro-rata (25% to 49.5%)
Above 75th and below 85th Percentile (at target)
50%
At or above 85th Percentile (at maximum)
100%
Long-Term Incentive (continued)
FY24 LTI Plan (continued)

Design of FY25 LTI Plan
With the business now profitable and the focus being on sustainable long-term profitability, the performance hurdles used for our LTI will 
change to include an Earnings Per Share (EPS) target instead of statutory EBITDA, which was used between FY21 and FY24. This EPS metric will 
be weighted at 50% alongside a 50% rTSR hurdle as introduced in FY23.
Furthermore, the number of participants will reduce to only include XLT members and other senior executives where it has been included in 
their contracts. This will reduce the number of recipients further to less than 15 (compared with 34 in FY24 and 66 in FY23).
Executive KMP Remuneration
Changes to Executive KMP remuneration for FY24
Jon Davey was appointed as CEO on 3 October 2022 with a FAR of $750,000 being $240,000 lower than the previous CEO. When considering the 
CEO remuneration, the Board elected to reduce the FAR and increase the variable and at-risk remuneration (both STI and LTI) to put more at 
risk to incentivise performance and in the case of the LTI to focus on long-term sustainable profitability and shareholder wealth creation. 
Jon Davey was awarded a 2.5% salary increase in FY24 increasing his FAR to $770,972 and no changes were made to his STI and LTI allocations.
Prav Pala (CFO) did not receive an increase to his base salary in FY23 or FY24 and his STI and LTI allocations as a proportion of FAR did not 
change. The small increase in his FAR reflects the increase in compulsory superannuation. The decision to keep the CFO’s remuneration flat 
is based on benchmarking data across comparator industries which shows this is a competitive salary. As outlined in the FY23 Remuneration 
Report, Prav Pala was granted a one-off retention incentive of 750,000 service rights in FY23, vesting in three equal tranches over a 30-month 
period. Two tranches have vested with the final tranche to be forfeited due to the CFO’s exit following the end of the reporting period. The 
share-based payment expenses recognised in FY24 in relation to these one-off right is included in the statutory remuneration for Prav Pala 
in FY24. 
Steve Chapman (CRO) was granted a 3.8% increase to his FAR for from 1 January 2024 to $405,000 and his target STI allocation as a 
percentage of FAR increased from 35% to 50% and LTI allocation as a percentage of FAR from 40% to 50%. The increase in remuneration 
reflects an increase in scope of role and strong delivery against KPIs. 
The table below shows the remuneration mix and TRO for Executive KMP at target opportunity and at maximum opportunity for FY24, 
comprising FAR, STI and LTI. Variable remuneration (comprising STI and LTI at target and maximum amounts) accounts for the majority of the 
total remuneration mix for the CEO and CFO, linking overall pay outcomes with performance. The actual remuneration mix will vary based on 
Tyro’s performance and individual performance each year. It is important to highlight that the performance rights awarded as part of the FY24 
LTI offer are subject to ambitious stretch targets that will be tested on 30 June 2026 and will only be awarded if the financial metrics are met, 
and the recipient is still employed at Tyro.
The key terms of the performance rights relating to the FY24 LTI plan are set out below.
Terms
Description
Administration
The plan is administered by the Board (or the Board’s delegate).
Eligibility
Eligible participants are Directors, Executive KMP, XLT as well as other nominated employees of the Group.
Grant date
The date specified as the grant date in each participant’s offer document.
Exercise price
Nil.
Vesting dates
Subject to satisfying the Performance Hurdles, the Performance Rights vest in one tranche 3 years following the grant 
date (December 2026).
Vesting condition
The holder of the rights must be employed by Tyro on the date of vesting and the number of Performance Rights that 
qualify for exercise will depend on satisfaction of the performance hurdles set out above.
Exercise
Once a FY24 LTI Performance Right has vested and subject to the Plan Rules, participants will be allocated with that 
number of fully paid Tyro Shares that corresponds to the relevant ‘Vesting Percentage’ multiplied by the number of 
FY24 LTI Performance Rights granted to participants (Vested Shares).
Rights
Each Performance Right granted entitles the holder to one share on exercise. Shares resulting from an exercise of 
Performance Rights rank equally with other shares, and shareholders are entitled to the same dividend and voting 
rights specified in our constitution.
Holding lock period
Any Vested Shares issued to participants following the vesting of the FY24 Performance Rights, will remain subject to a 
12-month holding lock, commencing on the date that the Vested Shares are issued.
During the Holding Lock Period, the Vested Shares cannot be transferred, sold, encumbered or otherwise dealt with.
Malus and clawback provisions
The Performance Rights to be subject to forfeiture prior to vesting and thereafter any shares issued will be subject to 
claw back for up to a further 2-year period following the expiry of the ‘holding lock (i.e. awards can be forfeited up to 6 
years from the Grant Date).
Amendments
The Board may amend the terms of the plan without consent of the participants if the amendment does not reduce the 
rights of the participants.
Other terms
The rules of the plan include other terms relating to the administration, transfer, termination and variation of the plan.
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 91

92 | Annual Report 2024
REMUNERATION REPORT
Executive 
KMP
FAR
STI 
at Target
LTI at 
Target
TRO at 
Target
FAR
STI at 
Maximum
LTI at 
Maximum
Total at 
Maximum
Jon Davey
$770,972
$578,229
$770,972
$2,120,173
$770,972
$770,972
$1,541,944
$3,083,888
Prav Pala
$613,831
$306,912
$306,912
$1,227,655
$613,831
$460,373
$306,912
$1,381,116
Steve Chapman
$405,000
$202,500
$202,500
$810,000
$405,000
$202,500
$202,500
$810,000
Executive 
KMP
Actual STI 
awarded
Cash
Deferred – to be 
issued as Equity Rights
STI at 
Target
STI achieved as 
a % of Target
STI achieved as a 
% of Maximum
$
$
$
$
%
%
Jon Davey
$357,578
$178,789
$178,789
$578,229
61.8%
46.4%
Prav Pala
$189,796
$94,898
$94,898
$306,912
61.8%
41.2%
Steve Chapman
$145,476
$72,738
$72,738
$202,500
71.8%
71.8%
Executive 
KMP
Number of Performance 
Rights granted
Value of Performance 
Rights granted 
Value at 
grant date
Grant 
date
As a % of total 
remuneration1
Jon Davey
1,086,956
$1,500,000
$1.38
20 Dec 2023
69.3%
Prav Pala
222,402
$306,912
$1.38
20 Dec 2023
23.1%
Steve Chapman
113,654
$156,843
$1.38
20 Dec 2023
24.6%
Contracts of employment
The employment conditions of the Executive KMP are provided in the table below. All Executive KMP are employed under contracts of no 
fixed duration.
FY24 LTI outcomes
The following table provides the FY24 LTI awarded to Executive KMP. Under the FY24 LTI plan, performance rights are granted in the year with 
vesting to take place 3 years from grant subject to performance conditions being met.
In the event of serious misconduct, Tyro may terminate employment at any time without notice or a termination payment being made. Any 
options or rights not vested before the date of termination will lapse. 
Jon Davey is subject to a post-employment restraint period of 12 months, Prav Pala is subject to a post-employment restraint period of 9 
months, and Steve Chapman is subject to a post-employment restraint period of 6 months subject to all the usual legal requirements.
FY24 Executive KMP remuneration outcomes
FY24 STI outcomes
The following table provides the FY24 STI outcomes awarded to Executive KMP. Under the FY24 STI plan 50% of the award is made in non-
restricted cash and 50% of the awarded STI is provided in equity in the form rights vesting 12 months post grant date. As outlined above, the 
STI outcomes are determined by reference to financial, customer and individual performance metrics. The FY24 award recognises the strong 
financial performance of the business and reflects opportunities to improve in relation to customer advocacy.
Legacy LTI Plan outcomes
Since Tyro’s adoption of performance based long-term incentives in 2019, there have been six awards made under the LTI Plan to Executive KMP 
and other nominated employees, with four awards tested. The table below sets out the details of performance rights issued over the last five 
financial years and the outcome of testing of those awards if testing dates have been reached.
Executive KMP
Contract term
Notice period
Termination payment
Jon Davey
No fixed duration
6 months
Combination of notice and payment in lieu, 
totalling no less than 6 months.
Prav Pala
No fixed duration
9 months
Combination of notice and payment in lieu, 
totalling no less than 9 months.
Steve Chapman
No fixed duration
6 months
Combination of notice and payment in lieu, 
totalling no less than 6 months.
1 The value of the FY24 LTI performance rights granted as a percentage of total remuneration is based on total statutory remuneration reported on page 94.
Executive KMP Remuneration (continued)

Details
FY19 Award
FY20 Award
FY21 Award
FY22 Award
FY23 Award 
LTI Award
Medipass Award
Instrument
Options
Options
Rights
Rights
Rights
Rights
Exercise price
$1.50
$1.79
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Grant date
1 May 2019 
1 Oct 2019
1 Feb 2021
1 Jul 2021
1 Mar 2022
23 Nov 2022
Test date
1 May 2023
1 Oct 2024
1 Sep 2023
30 Jun 2026
1 Sep 2024
23 Nov 2025
Vesting date
1
3
1 Sep 2023
30 Jun 2026
1 Sep 2024
23 Nov 2025
Vesting hurdle(s)
2
4
5
6
7
8
Test result
Performance 
hurdles not met
Performance 
hurdles met
Performance 
hurdles met
Not due 
for testing
Performance 
hurdle met
Not due 
for testing
Testing of FY20 performance options
The FY20 performance options will be tested on 1 October 2024, relating to the fourth and final tranche of vesting for the option grant (100% of 
vesting opportunity). Although testing will only take place on 1 October 2024, the results of the testing are known, and the results provided in 
the table below.
The following table provides a summary of the legacy LTI Plans' key terms:
As both the net profit before tax and share-based payments hurdle and the compound gross revenue hurdles have been met as at 30 June 
2024, the last tranche of the grant will vest on 1 October 2024. The first three tranches vested on 1 October 2023 on account of the “catch-up” 
right and the compound annual growth rate for the gross revenue hurdle.
Vesting of FY21 performance rights
As outlined in the FY23 Remuneration Report, as both the EBITDA gateway and the compound gross profit performance hurdles were met on 30 
June 2023, the FY21 LTI performance rights vested at 149% of the rights granted. These rights vested in a single tranche on 1 September 2023. 
1 FY19 LTI options vest in equal tranches of 25%, commencing on 1 May 2021 and ending on 1 May 2024.
2 Options granted in respect of FY19 must satisfy two performance hurdles to qualify for exercise:
	 •	 a positive net profit result (before tax and share-based payment expenses) for financial year of testing; and 
	 •	 25% compound gross revenue growth from 1 July 2018 to end of financial year of testing.
3 FY20 LTI options vest in equal tranches of 25%, commencing on 1 October 2021 and ending on 1 October 2024.
4 Options granted in respect of FY20 must satisfy two performance hurdles to qualify for exercise:
	 •	 a positive net profit result (before tax and share-based payment expenses) for financial year of testing; and
	 •	 20% compound gross revenue growth from 1 July 2019 to end of financial year of testing. 
5	FY21 LTI performance rights vested based on satisfaction of the following performance conditions:  
• Tyro reporting a positive EBITDA (before share-based payment expenses) result for the financial year ending 30 June 2023; and 
	 • Tyro’s compound gross profit growth rate during the vesting period (1 July 2019 – 30 June 2023) meeting pre-determined targets.
6	The number of Medipass Performance Rights that will vest will be determined by reference to the EBITDA (as set out in Tyro’s audited financial statements) for the combined 
Medipass and Tyro Health businesses in respect of the financial year ended 30 June 2026.
7	FY22 LTI performance rights that will qualify for exercise will depend on the vesting percentage determined by reference to Tyro’s FY24 statutory EBITDA (before share-based 
payment expenses).
8 FY23 LTI rights granted must satisfy two performance hurdles: 
	 •	 50% will vest subject to the 3-year compound annual growth rate to FY25 of Tyro’s statutory EBITDA (before share-based payment expenses);
	 •	 50% will vest subject to Tyro's rTSR to the XTX index.
FY21 
$000
FY22 
$000
FY23 
$000
FY24 
$000
Test 1:
Achieve net profit before tax and  
share-based payment expenses
(20,433)
(24,418)
13,626
26,220
Hurdle achieved
FY21 
$000
FY22 
$000
FY23 
$000
FY24 
$000
Test 2:
20% compound gross revenue growth for each year of testing
238,522
326,143
439,776
497,715
Compound gross revenue growth (%) since FY20
12.1%
19.8%
23.4%
21.3%
Hurdle achieved
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 93

94 | Annual Report 2024
REMUNERATION REPORT
	 Testing of FY22 performance rights
The FY22 performance rights vest on 1 September 2024 relating to the single vesting tranche for the rights. Although testing will only take 
place on 1 September 2024, the results of the testing are known, and the results are provided in the table below. Testing is against stretch 
targets that were set by the Board in FY22. While the FY22 LTI offer was made to 77 team members, it will only vest for 39 or less who are still 
employed with Tyro due to continued employment being a vesting condition.
As the statutory EBITDA before share-based payment expense performance hurdle have been met as at 30 June 2024, the FY22 LTI 
performance right grant will vest at 100% of the rights granted. These rights will vest on 1 September 2024 with shares assigned 
immediately thereafter.
FY24 
$000
FY24 Statutory EBITDA before share-based payment expenses performance hurdle
89,755
Reference to Tyro’s statutory EBIDTA before SBP expenses during the vesting period:
• Less than $49.0 million – Nil vesting
• Greater than or equal to $49 million – 70% vesting
• Greater than or equal to $54.5 million – 80% vesting
• Greater than or equal to $59.9 million – 90% vesting
• Greater than or equal to $65.4 million – 100% vesting
Hurdle achieved
Vesting percentage achieved (%)
100%
The following table provides the statutory remuneration outcomes for Executive KMP for FY24 and FY23 and is prepared in accordance 
with Australian Accounting Standards Board (AASB). The statutory remuneration outcomes disclosed in this table differs from the 
Executive KMPs’ FY24 TRO and the elements of the remuneration framework outlined in earlier in this Report. Differences arise mainly 
due to the accounting treatment of long-term benefits (which include annual leave and long service leave) and share-based payments 
(performance rights, LEPRs, remuneration sacrifice rights and option plans). 
AASB require remuneration in the form of equity awards to be expensed (and therefore included as remuneration) over the vesting period 
of the option and rights plan even though an Executive KMP may not realise any benefit from that award.
Executive  
KMP
Cash 
Salary 
Superannuation 
Other1 
Cash STI 
Award 
Long 
Service 
Leave 
Options2
Rights3 
Total 
Performance 
based equity 
component 
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
%
Jon Davey4
FY24  
743,573
27,399 
71,527
178,789 
- 
- 
1,142,509
2,163,797 
42.3% 
FY23  
543,531 
18,969 
61,082 
220,215 
- 
- 
1,332,611 
2,176,408 
50.8% 
Prav Pala
FY24  
586,432 
27,399 
- 
94,898 
18,301 
19,028 
582,449 
1,328,507
22.9% 
FY23  
586,432 
25,292 
- 
119,406 
15,552 
(50,341)5
1,053,205 
1,749,546 
27.6% 
Steve Chapman  
FY24  
371,154
27,399 
-
72,738
17,840 
5,352 
143,218
637,701 
23.3% 
FY23  
362,354 
25,292 
- 
51,619 
- 
(15,436)5 
161,472 
585,301 
25.0% 
Total
FY24  
1,701,159
82,197 
71,527
346,425 
36,141 
24,380 
1,868,176
4,130,005
FY23  
1,492,317 
69,353
61,082
391,240 
15,552 
(65,777) 
2,547,288 
4,511,255
1 Other payments include travel allowances for Jon Davey. Under the terms and conditions of Jon Davey’s employment agreements, Tyro will pay for travel between their principal place of 
residency (Melbourne) and Tyro’s head office (Sydney) up to an amount of $75,000.
2 Options relate to the accounting expense for awards granted prior to Tyro's IPO. Refer to 'Options held by Executive KMP' below for the movement during the year.
3 Rights relate to the accounting expense of awards not yet vested during the year and an estimate of the current year STI yet to be granted. Differences between the current year estimate 
and the fair value are recognised in the year the awards are granted.
4 Jon Davey commenced as KMP effective 3 October 2022. Pro rata Fixed Remuneration figures provided from 3 October 2022 to 30 June 2023. The STI and Rights figures represent the full 
FY23 charges. 
5 The negative accounting value of options for FY23 relates to the reversal of FY19 LTI Option Plan as vesting conditions were not met.
Executive KMP Remuneration (continued)
Legacy LTI Plan outcomes (continued)

Non-executive Director Remuneration
Non-executive Directors receive a base fee, and where applicable, an additional fee in recognition of the higher workload and extra 
responsibilities resulting from Board Committee participation. Fees are based on peer market benchmarks and reviewed annually.
Non-executive Directors do not receive incentive payments, and following Tyro’s listing on the ASX on 6 December 2019, they are not 
entitled to participate in any Tyro employee or executive equity plans other than the remuneration sacrifice rights plan. They receive no 
non-monetary benefits and do not participate in any retirement benefit scheme, other than statutory superannuation contributions.
Under the ASX Listing Rules, the total amount or value of remuneration paid to Non-executive Directors in any year may not exceed the 
amount approved by shareholders at the Company’s general meeting. This amount has been fixed at $1,400,000 per annum, as approved 
by shareholders at Tyro’s 2019 annual general meeting.
Non-executive Director fees were reviewed at the end of 2023 calendar year following a benchmarking exercise undertaken by KPMG. 
This benchmarking highlighted that the Chair fee was low in comparison with the Non-executive Director base member fee with the 
Chair to Member ratio at 1.51 which is significantly lower than the average of 1.90–2.09. It has now been adjusted to 1.75, with the total 
Chair fee increased from $233,100 (including superannuation) to $270,000 (including superannuation). This increase was effective from 1 
January 2024.
Non-executive Director base fees stayed flat between FY22 and FY24 at $140,000 per annum before superannuation contributions. 
These fees will decrease in FY25 to $139,372 per annum before superannuation with the fee not being adjusted in line with the increased 
compulsory superannuation amount effective from 1 July 2024.  
Non-executive Directors are also paid an additional fee of $20,000 (inclusive of superannuation) to chair a Board Committee. Non-
executive Directors are not paid an additional fee for being a member of a Board Committee. 
The table below outlines the statutory remuneration paid to Non-executive Directors in FY24 in accordance with Australian 
Accounting Standards.
Non-executive 
Director
Cash 
Salary 
Superannuation 
Options1 
Rights2
Total 
Performance 
based equity 
component5 
 
$
$
$
$
$
%
Fiona Pak-Poy
FY24
226,622
24,928
2,760
26,279
280,589
1.0%
FY233
88,333
9,275
5,428
97,608
200,644
2.7%
David Fite
FY24
140,000
15,400
94
 -
155,494
0.1%
FY23
140,000
14,700
(8,857)4
-
145,843
-
Claire Hatton
FY24
160,000
17,600
-
-
177,600
-
FY23
146,667
15,400
-
-
162,067
-
Aliza Knox
FY24
112,000
12,320
-
23,085
147,405
-
FY23
140,000
14,700
-
-
154,700
-
Paul Rickard
FY24
-
-
94
201,953
202,047
<0.1%
FY23
-
-
(13,244)4
198,900
185,656
-
Shefali Roy
FY24
112,000
12,320
 -
31,414
155,734
-
FY23
112,000
11,760
-
30,940
154,700
-
Total
FY24
750,622
82,568
2,948
282,731
1,118,869
-
FY23
627,000
65,835
(16,673)
327,448
1,003,610
- 
1 Options relate to the accounting expense for awards granted prior to Tyro's IPO. Refer to 'Options held by Non-executive Directors' below for the movement during the year. 
2 Rights relate to the accounting expense for the Non-executive Director fees that they have elected to salary sacrifice as service rights during the year. 
3 Fiona Pak-Poy was appointed as Chair from 1 March 2023. Fees related to Chair of the Board were payable from 1 March 2023 to 30 June 2023.
4 The negative accounting value of options for FY23 relates to the reversal of FY19 LTI Option Plan as vesting conditions were not met.
5 Relates to options issued to Non-executive Directors prior to Tyro's IPO.
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 95

96 | Annual Report 2024
REMUNERATION REPORT
Summary of Options and Rights under issue
Rights held by Non-executive Directors at 30 June 2024
All rights held by Non-executive Directors in the table below relate to restricted rights issued under the Director Salary Sacrifice 
Rights Plan.
Rights held by Executive KMP at 30 June 2024
1 Rights granted as compensation in FY24 relate to director fees sacrificed in FY23 and FY24.
Non-executive 
Director
Balance at 
start of year
Granted as 
compensation1
Exercised
Forfeited
Balance at 
end of year
Vested and 
exercisable
Unvested
Fiona Pak-Poy
FY24
-
83,426
(83,426)
-
-
-
-
FY23
76,858
-
(76,858)
-
-
-
-
David Fite
FY24
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
FY23
35,620
-
(35,620)
-
-
-
-
Claire Hatton
FY24
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
FY23
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Aliza Knox
FY24
-
22,522
-
-
22,522
-
22,522
FY23
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Paul Rickard
FY24
-
314,783
(170,000)
-
144,783
-
144,783
FY23
46,723
-
(46,723)
-
-
-
-
Shefali Roy
FY24
-
48,966
(26,444)
-
22,522
-
22,522
FY23
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Executive KMP
Balance at 
start of year
Granted as 
compensation
Exercised
Forfeited
Balance at 
end of year
Vested and 
exercisable
Unvested
Jon Davey
FY24
1,938,685
1,406,109
-
-
3,344,794
93,086
3,251,708
FY23
631,320
1,307,365
-
-
1,938,685
-
1,938,685 
Prav Pala
FY24
1,191,111
420,873
(77,271)
-
1,534,713
552,634
982,079
FY23
144,478
1,046,633
-
-
1,191,111
252,159
938,952
Steve Chapman
FY24
162,047
195,789
(31,616)
-
326,220
12,468
313,752
FY23
48,485
114,164
(602)
-
162,047
-
162,047

Year ended 30 June 2024  | 97
Options held by Non-executive Directors at 30 June 2024¹
Options held by Executive KMP at 30 June 2024¹
Non-executive 
Director
Balance at 
start of year
Granted as 
compensation
Exercised
Forfeited
Balance at 
end of year
Vested and 
exercisable
Unvested
Fiona Pak-Poy
FY24
83,000
-
-
-
83,000
62,250
20,750
FY23
83,000
-
-
-
83,000
-
83,000
David Fite
FY24
158,144
-
(14,286)
(143,858)
-
-
-
FY23
158,144
-
-
-
158,144
87,286
70,858
Claire Hatton
FY24
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
FY23
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Aliza Knox
FY24
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
FY23
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Paul Rickard
FY24
179,726
-
(14,286)
(165,440)
-
-
-
FY23
201,231
-
-
(21,505)
179,726
78,568
101,158
Shefali Roy
FY24
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
FY23
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Executive KMP
Balance at 
start of year
Granted as 
compensation
Exercised
Forfeited
Balance at 
end of year
Vested and 
exercisable
Unvested
Jon Davey
FY24
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
FY23
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Prav Pala
FY24
1,613,486
-
-
(1,026,084)
587,402
447,695
139,707
FY23
1,613,486
-
-
-
1,613,486
405,689
1,207,797
Steve Chapman
FY24
342,334
-
-
(181,337)
160,997
120,748
40,249
FY23
342,334
-
-
-
342,334
-
342,334
1 Relates to options issued prior to Tyro's IPO. 

98 | Annual Report 2024
Equity grants to Executive KMP
This section sets out the required statutory disclosures of equity grants for Tyro’s Executive KMP.
Grant description
Grant date
Number of 
Options/ 
Rights granted
Vesting 
date
Exercise 
price
Fair value of 
Options/ Rights 
at grant date
Vested 
%
Vested 
(Number)
Forfeited/ 
Lapsed 
%
Fair value of Options/ 
Rights exercised during 
the reporting period
Jon Davey
Loan Shares1
31 May 2021
471,148
1
$2.121
$1,101,700
100.0%
471,148
Nil
-
Loans Shares1
31 May 2021
22,332
1
$0.011
$52,220
100.0%
22,332
Nil
-
Medipass Service
1 Jul 2021
297,619
2
Nil
$1,119,047
0.0%
Nil
Nil
-
Medipass Performance
1 Jul 2021
297,619
3
Nil
$1,119,047
0.0%
Nil
Nil
-
FY22 LTI Rights
1 Mar 2022
36,082
4
Nil
$61,339
0.0%
Nil
Nil
-
FY22 STI Rights
24 Oct 2022
25,314
5
Nil
$38,098
0.0%
Nil
Nil
-
FY23 LTI Rights
24 Dec 2022
1,282,051
6
Nil
$1,903,846
0.0%
Nil
Nil
-
FY23 STI Rights (long-term)
10 Nov 2023
159,577
7
Nil
$193,886
0.0%
Nil
Nil
-
FY23 STI Rights (short-term)
10 Nov 2023
159,576
8
Nil
$198,885
58.3%
93,086
Nil
-
FY24 LTI Rights
20 Dec 2023
1,086,956
9
Nil
$1,239,130
0.0%
Nil
Nil
-
Steve Chapman
FY19 LTI Options
1 May 2019
181,337
12
$1.50
$197,647
0.0%
Nil
100.0%
-
FY20 LTI Options
1 Oct 2019
160,997
14
$1.79
$75,628
75.0%
120,748
Nil
-
FY19 STI Sacrifice
16 Oct 2019
7,951
15
Nil
$11,927
100.0%
7,951
Nil
-
FY20 STI Rights
2 Sep 2020
7,246
16
Nil
$26,231 
100.0%
7,246
Nil
-
FY21 LTI Rights
1 Feb 2021
14,941
17
Nil
$47,064
100.0%
14,941
Nil
$47,064
FY21 STI Rights
2 Sep 2021
3,285
18
Nil
$12,483
0.0%
Nil
Nil
-
FY22 LTI Rights
1 Mar 2022
29,657
4
Nil
$50,417
0.0%
Nil
Nil
-
FY22 STI Rights
24 Oct 2022
15,019
5
Nil
$22,604
0.0%
Nil
Nil
-
FY23 LTI Rights
24 Dec 2022
99,145
6
Nil
$147,230
0.0%
Nil
Nil
-
FY21 LTI Rights
1 Sep 2023
7,321
20
Nil
$23,061
100.0%
7,321
Nil
$23,061
FY23 STI Rights (long-term)
10 Nov 2023
37,407
7
Nil
$45,449
0.0%
Nil
Nil
-
FY23 STI Rights (short-term)
10 Nov 2023
37,407
8
Nil
$45,449
58.3%
21,822
Nil
$11,365
FY24 LTI Rights
20 Dec 2023
113,654
9
Nil
$129,566
0.0%
Nil
Nil
-
Prav Pala
2014 Oct Linear Options
10 Oct 2014
211,268
10
$0.45
$31,211
100.0%
211,268
Nil
-
2015 Oct Linear Options
6 Oct 2015
166,129
10
$0.60
$26,479
100.0%
166,129
Nil
-
2016 Nov Linear Options
2 Nov 2016
141,403
10
$1.49
$39,580
100.0%
141,403
100.0%
-
2018 Feb Linear Options
1 Feb 2018
250,000
10
$1.76
$59,492
100.0%
250,000
100.0%
-
2018 Dec Annual Options
31 Dec 2018
71,428
11
Nil
$74,999
100.0%
71,428
Nil
-
FY19 LTI Options
1 May 2019
634,681
12
$1.50
$197,647
0.0%
Nil
100.0%
-
Liquidity Event Rights
9 May 2019
500,000
13
Nil
$550,000
100.0%
500,000
Nil
-
FY20 LTI Options
1 Oct 2019
558,830
14
$1.79
$262,510
75.0%
419,123
Nil
-
FY19 STI Sacrifice
16 Oct 2019
85,792
15
Nil
$128,688
100.0%
85,792
Nil
-
FY20 STI Rights
2 Sep 2020
25,930
16
Nil
$93,867
100.0%
25,930
Nil
-
FY21 LTI Rights
1 Feb 2021
51,860
17
Nil
$163,359
100%
51,860
Nil
$163,359
FY21 STI Rights
2 Sep 2021
15,072
18
Nil
$57,274
0.0%
Nil
Nil
-
FY22 LTI Rights
1 Mar 2022
75,387
4
Nil
$128,158
0.0%
Nil
Nil
-
Retention Rights
9 Sep 2022
750,000
19
Nil
$1,031,250
66.7%
500,000
Nil
-
FY22 STI Rights
24 Oct 2022
35,095
5
Nil
$52,818
0.0%
Nil
Nil
-
FY23 LTI Rights
24 Dec 2022
261,538
6
Nil
$388,384
0.0%
Nil
Nil
-
FY21 LTI Rights 
1 Sep 2023
25,411
20
Nil
$80,045
100.0%
25,411
Nil
$80,045
FY23 STI Rights (long-term)
10 Nov 2023
86,530
7
Nil
$105,134
Nil
Nil
Nil
-
FY23 STI Rights (short-term) 10 Nov 2023
86,530
8
Nil
$105,134
58.3%
50,475
Nil
FY24 LTI Rights
20 Dec 2023
222,402
9
Nil
$253,538
0.0%
Nil
Nil
REMUNERATION REPORT

Year ended 30 June 2024  | 99
1 The Loan Shares refer to a historical arrangement put in place in May 2021 on Tyro’s acquisition of Medipass Solutions Pty Ltd (Medipass). Prior to Tyro’s acquisition, Medipass had issued 
options to employees as part of its employee share option plan. Prior to Tyro acquiring Medipass, those historical Medipass options had their vesting accelerated and were exercised by the 
holders, with the exercise price funded by a limited recourse loan extended by Medipass to the relevant option holder. Upon Tyro acquiring 100% of Medipass, the shares issued following the 
exercise of the historical Medipass options were exchanged for shares in Tyro. The combination of the limited recourse loans and the associated Tyro shares accordingly operate in a manner 
similar to an option: the loan is equivalent to the original option exercise price and if the loan is not repaid by the due date, the loan can be satisfied by the holder forfeiting the Tyro shares 
(similar to allowing an ‘out of the money’ option to lapse). These were accounted for in accordance with AASB 2. 
2 Vesting takes place in a single tranche on 31 May 2026 subject to continued employment.
3 Vesting takes place in a single tranche following the release of Tyro’s annual financial statements in respect of the year ended 30 June 2026 and is subject to the satisfaction of EBITDA 
performance hurdles for Tyro Health for the year ended 30 June 2026. 
4 Vesting takes place in a single tranche on 1 September 2024 and is subject to the satisfaction of an EBITDA outcome (before share-based payment expenses) performance hurdle for Tyro for 
the year ended 30 June 2024.
5 Vesting takes place 4 years (irrespective of continuous service) after grant with no performance hurdle.
6 Vesting takes place in a single tranche on 23 November 2025 and is subject to the satisfaction of a CAGR EBITDA (before share-based payment expenses) performance hurdles for Tyro for 
the period 1 July 2023 to 30 June 2025 as well as a relative total shareholder return outcome in respect as at 30 June 2025. 
7 Vesting takes place 4 years (irrespective of continuous service) after grant with no performance hurdle.
8 Vesting will occur in 12 equal monthly tranches from grant date (irrespective of continuous service).
9 Vesting takes place in a single tranche on 20 December 2026 and is subject to the satisfaction of a CAGR EBITDA (after share-based payment expenses) performance hurdles for Tyro for the 
period 1 July 2024 to 30 June 2026 as well as a relative total shareholder return outcome as at 30 June 2026.
10 Options granted vest monthly in equal tranches over a period of 5 years and are not subject to any performance conditions.
11 Options granted vest annually in equal 20% tranches over a period of five years, commencing 12 months after the grant date and are not subject to any performance conditions.
12 Options granted vest annually in equal 25% tranches over a period of four years, commencing 24 months after the grant date and subject to the following performance conditions: (i) a 
positive net profit result (before tax and share-based payment expenses; and (ii) 25% compound gross revenue growth per annum. If a tranche does not satisfy both performance criteria on 
the relevant testing date, the tranche will be retested at the next testing date (if any).
13 Vesting will occur in three equal tranches, as follows: one third on the date of the liquidity event (initial vesting date); one third on the date that is 12 months after the Initial vesting date; 
and one third on the date that is 24 months after the Initial vesting date.
14 Options granted vest annually in equal 25% tranches over a period of four years, commencing 24 months after the grant date and subject to the following performance conditions: (i) a 
positive net profit result (before tax and share-based payment expenses; and (ii) 20% compound gross revenue growth per annum. If a tranche does not satisfy both performance criteria on 
the relevant testing date, the tranche will be retested at the next testing date (if any).
15 Vesting occurred on grant date.
16 Vesting occurs equally on a monthly basis over a 24-month period from the initial vesting date. 
17 Subject to passing the ‘gateway’ and satisfying the performance hurdle, the performance rights vest in one tranche 3 years following the effective date. 
18 Vesting takes place 4 years after grant with no performance hurdle.  
19 Vesting takes place in three equal tranches, as follows: one third on 9 March 2023, one third on 9 March 2024 and one third on 9 March 2025. The final tranche will not vest due to 
resignation.
20 Performance rights vested at 149% of the rights granted. Refer to ‘Legacy LTI’ on page 93 for further details. 
1 Relates to FY24 Remuneration Sacrifice Rights to be converted to shares in FY25. 
2 Jon Davey's ordinary shares include 493,480 of Loan Shares held, as referred to in Note 1 to the ‘Equity grants to Executive KMP’ table on page 98.
Non-executive 
Director
Balance at 
start of year
Received during the 
year on exercise of 
Options/Rights
Other changes 
during the year
Balance at 
end of year
Shares to be 
allocated in 
FY25¹
Fiona Pak-Poy
FY24
183,277
83,426
20,000
286,703
-
FY23
106,420
76,857
-
183,277
-
David Fite
FY24
16,629,481
14,286
-
16,643,767
-
FY23
16,593,861
35,620
-
16,629,481
-
Claire Hatton
FY24
14,583
-
21,834
36,417
-
FY23
-
-
-
14,583
-
Aliza Knox
FY24
-
-
-
-
22,522
FY23
-
-
-
-
-
Paul Rickard
FY24
2,173,463
184,286
-
2,357,749
144,783
FY23
2,126,740
46,723
-
2,173,463
-
Shefali Roy
FY24
-
26,444
-
26,444
22,522
FY23
-
-
-
-
-
Executive KMP
Balance at 
start of year
Received during the 
year on exercise of 
Options/Rights
Other changes 
during the year
Balance at 
end of year
Jon Davey2
FY24
493,480
-
-
493,480
FY23
493,480
-
-
493,480
Prav Pala
FY24
763,149
77,271
(376,667)
463,753
FY23
825,934
37,215
(100,000)
763,149
Steve Chapman
FY24
15,197
31,616
(15,197)
31,616
FY23
12,783
2,414
-
15,197
Summary of Shares held by Non-executive Directors and Executive KMP
The number of ordinary shares held in Tyro at 30 June 2024 by each KMP, including their personally related parties, is set out below.
Other information
No loan or transactions involving an equity instruments were granted to any KMP during the reporting period, other than those disclosed 
in this Remuneration Report.

AUDITOR'S 
INDEPENDENCE 
DECLARATION


102 | Annual Report 2024

Year ended 30 June 2024  | 103

104 | Annual Report 2024
FY20 
$000
FY21 
$000
FY22 
$000
FY23 
$000
FY24 
$000
Transaction value1
20,131,045
25,453,507
34,197,353
42,601,263
42,932,748
Transaction value annual growth
15.1%
26.4%
34.4%
24.6%
0.8%
Total revenue (normalised)2
210,675
239,505
326,143
435,802 
471,424
Total revenue annual growth
11.0%
13.7%
36.2%
33.6%
8.2%
Direct expenses
(117,200)
(119,771)
(177,640)
(242,597)
(260,655)
Gross profit (normalised)3
93,475
119,734
148,503
193,205
210,769
Gross profit annual growth
12.3%
28.1%
24.0%
30.1%
9.1%
Operating expenses (normalised)
(97,847)
(105,568)
(137,836)
(150,906)
(155,089)
EBITDA (normalised)4
(4,372)
14,166
10,667
42,299
55,680
EBITDA margin4
n/m
11.8%
7.2%
21.9%
26.4%
Share-based payments expense
(10,896)
(8,779)
(5,199)
(11,165)
(3,862)
Depreciation and amortisation (normalised)
(12,524)
(14,666)
(20,505)
(25,172)
(30,960)
EBIT (normalised)4
(27,792)
(9,279)
(15,037)
5,962
20,858
Net interest expense (normalised)
(535)
(517)
(1,024)
(1,484)
(1,402)
Profit/(loss) before tax (normalised)5
(28,327)
(9,796)
(16,061)
4,478
19,456
Adjustments to normalised earnings
Bendigo amortisation (net of gross profit share)
-
-
(2,686)
(3,044)
(3,076)
Bendigo net interest expense
-
-
(2,534)
(2,228)
(1,425)
Bendigo transitional expenses
-
-
(4,669)
(974)
-
Bendigo impairment adjustment
-
-
-
-
(1,431)
M&A project costs
-
(4,681) 
-
(2,858)
-
Other one-off (costs)/benefits
(9,730)
(14,179) 
(109)
7,218
9,897
Share of loss from associates 
-
(1,119) 
(3,558)
(131)
(1,063)
Profit/(loss) before income tax (statutory)
(38,057)
(29,775) 
(29,617)
2,461
 22,358
Profit/(loss) after income tax (statutory)
(38,057)
(29,823) 
(29,617)
6,013
25,705
Cash, cash equivalents and investments
188,324
172,780 
122,768
128,932
165,043
Free cashflow (before banking)
(36,193)
(44,113) 
(34,146)
5,700
30,416 
   5-YEAR 
PERFORMANCE 
SUMMARY 
For the year ended 30 June 2024
1 Transaction value is a non-IFRS financial measure and is unaudited. Transaction value represents the total value of merchant sales that are processed through 
the Tyro payments platform and does not represent revenue in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards. 
2 Normalised revenue is adjusted to exclude the gain on remeasurement of the commission liability related to the Bendigo Alliance, Lightspeed compensation 
received and the recognition of the me&u investment as a financial asset after Tyro’s ownership reduced in prior period, resulting in a gain on revaluation. 
3 Normalised gross profit is adjusted to reflect the Bendigo Alliance gross profit share not deducted from statutory gross profit but reflected within the 
movement on commission liability relating to the Bendigo Alliance. In prior periods, it also reflects the fair value gain on the recognition of me&u as a 
financial asset.
4 Tyro uses EBITDA as a non-IFRS measure of business performance, which excludes the non-cash impact of share-based payments expense, share of loss from 
associates, the non-cash accounting impact of the Bendigo Alliance and other one-off costs. 
5 Normalised net profit/(loss) before tax excludes the non-cash accounting impact of the Bendigo Alliance and other one-off costs.

Year ended 30 June 2024  | 105

04
FINANCIAL REPORT



FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 
110
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 
111
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
112
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
113
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
114
1. General information and statement of material accounting policies
114
2. Revenue and expenses
124
3. Segment reporting
125
4. Income tax 
126
5. Cash and cash equivalents 
127
6. Due from other financial institutions
127
7. Trade and other receivables
128
8. Loans
128
9. Leases
128
10. Financial investments 
130
11. Investment in associates 
130
12. Property, plant and equipment 
131
13. Intangible assets and goodwill 
132
14. Share-based payments
134
15. Deposits 
137
16. Trade and other payables
137
17. Provisions
138
18. Contributed equity and reserves
138
19. Financial risk management objectives, policies and processes
140
20. Commitments and contingencies
147
21. List of subsidiaries
147
22. Earnings per share
148
23. Auditor’s remuneration
148
24. Related party disclosures
149
25. Parent entity disclosures
150
26. Matters subsequent to the end of the financial year
151
Consolidated entity disclosure statement
152
Directors' declaration
153
Independent Audit Report to the members of Tyro Payments Limited
154
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 109
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 109

110 | Annual Report 2024
Note
2024 
$000
2023 
$000
Fees and terminal rental income
2
443,907
417,631
Interest income
2
25,867
18,712
Gain on financial instruments
2
17,208
2,277
Other income
2
10,733
1,156
Total revenue
497,715
439,776
Income tax benefit
4
3,347
3,552
Profit after income tax
 
25,705
6,013
Other comprehensive income
FVOCI reserve – revaluation gain, net of tax
 
379
282
Total comprehensive income for the year
 
26,084
6,295
Earnings per share for profit attributable to the  
Ordinary Equity Holders of Tyro Payments Limited
Cents
Cents
Basic earnings per share
22
4.91
1.16
Diluted earnings per share
22
4.77
1.12
Interchange, integration and support fees
2
(247,628)
(232,376)
Terminal accessories and other expenses
(4,046)
(2,245)
Interest expense on deposits and banking expenses
(2,127)
(811)
Total direct expenses
(253,801)
(235,432)
Gross profit
243,914
204,344
Share of loss from associates
11
(1,063)
(131)
Profit before income tax
 
22,358
2,461
Employee benefits expense (excluding share-based payments)
2
(95,905)
(96,957)
Share-based payments expense
 
(3,862)
(11,165)
Licencing, hosting and communication costs
 
(20,174)
(17,718)
Administrative and other expenses
2
(15,930)
(15,244)
Marketing expenses
 
(10,389)
(8,202)
Contractor and consulting expenses
 
(7,707)
(13,427)
Lending and non-lending (losses)/gains
2
(4,054)
1,139
Depreciation and amortisation
9, 12, 13
(40,890)
(36,355)
Impairment of intangible assets
 13
(18,755)
(111)
Other interest expenses
 
(2,827)
(3,712)
Total operating expenses
 
(220,493)
(201,752)
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
The above Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying Notes. 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the year ended 30 June 2024

Liabilities
Current liabilities
Deposits
15
88,882
92,704
Trade and other payables
16
64,769
43,031
Lease liabilities
9
4,797
4,394
Provisions
17
6,932
6,762
Total current liabilities
 
165,380
146,891
Note
2024 
$000
2023 
$000
Assets
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
5
50,771
42,603
Due from other financial institutions
6
26,387
15,779
Trade and other receivables
7
44,179
25,360
Loans
8
36,677
43,765
Financial investments
10
24,608
15,452
Prepayments
 
4,802
6,238
Inventories
 
783
2,027
Total current assets
 
188,207
151,224
Non-current assets
Loans
8
2,648
6,761
Financial investments
10
67,234
59,072
Investment in associates
11
748
1,811
Property, plant and equipment
12
51,334
42,785
Right-of-use assets
9
23,630
26,344
Intangible assets and goodwill
13
97,772
126,502
Net deferred tax assets
4
19,885
16,538
Total non-current assets
 
263,251
279,813
Total assets
 
451,458
431,037
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
The above Consolidated Statement of Financial Position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying Notes.
For the year ended 30 June 2024
Non-current liabilities
Other payables
16
49,986
75,396
Lease liabilities
9
26,744
29,167
Provisions
17
1,674
1,899
Total non-current liabilities
 
78,404
106,462
Total liabilities
 
243,784
253,353
Net assets
 
207,674
177,684
Equity
Contributed equity
18
279,466
279,422
Reserves
18
62,889
59,320
Accumulated losses
18
(134,681)
(161,058)
Total equity
 
207,674
177,684
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 111

112 | Annual Report 2024
Note
Contributed 
equity 
$000
FVOCI 
reserve 
$000
Share-based 
payments 
reserve 
$000
General 
reserve for 
credit losses 
$000
Accumulated 
losses 
$000
Total 
$000
At 1 July 2022
 
278,798
(689)
43,560
4,214
(166,283)
159,600
Profit for the year
 
 -
 -
 -
 -
6,013
6,013
Other comprehensive income
 
 -
282
 -
 -
 -
282
Total comprehensive income
 
-
282
-
-
6,013
6,295
Issue of share capital – from 
options and rights exercised
 
624
 -
 -
 -
 -
624
Share-based payments
 
 -
 -
11,165
 -
 -
11,165
Transfer to general reserve 
for credit losses
 
 -
 -
 -
788
(788)
-
At 30 June 2023
 
279,422
(407)
54,725
5,002
(161,058)
177,684
At 1 July 2023
 
279,422
(407)
54,725
5,002
(161,058)
177,684
Profit for the year
 
 -
 -
 -
 -
25,705
25,705
Other comprehensive income
 
 -
379
 -
 -
 -
379
Total comprehensive income
 
 -
379
 -
 -
25,705
26,084
Issue of share capital – from 
options and rights exercised
 
44
 -
 -
 -
 -
44
Share-based payments
 
 -
 -
3,862
 -
 -
3,862
Transfer to general reserve 
for credit losses
 
 -
 -
 -
(688)
688
 -
Transfer from FVOCI reserve
 -
16
 -
 -
(16)
 -
At 30 June 2024
18
279,466
(12)
58,587
4,314
(134,681)
207,674
The above Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying Notes. 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 30 June 2024

Note
2024 
$000
2023 
$000
Cash flows from operating activities
Fees and terminal rental and other income received
 
444,183
417,418
Interchange, integration and support fees paid
 
(253,701)
(238,251)
Interest received
 
24,760
18,278
Interest paid
 
(3,115)
(1,411)
Payments to employees and contractors
 
(101,979)
(104,882)
Terminals purchased
 
(19,589)
(19,627)
Other operating expenses paid
 
(53,333)
(49,816)
Legal settlement and insurance recoveries received
 
11,750
 -
Payments for terminal remediation
 
-
(248)
Movement in scheme and other receivables
 
(184)
3,767
Net cash flows from operating activities excluding loans and deposits
 
48,792
25,228
Movement in loans
 
6,792
(15,599)
Movement in deposits
 
(3,822)
9,431
Net cash flows from operating activities
5
51,762
19,060
Cash flows from investing activities
Movement in term deposit investments
 
 
 
    Purchases
 
(11,145)
(1,000)
    Proceeds on maturity
 
539
 -
Movement in financial investments
 
 
 
    Purchases
 
(31,746)
(7,800)
    Proceeds
 
15,000
10,460
Movement in property, plant and equipment (excluding terminals)
 
 
 
    Purchases
 
(968)
(534)
    Proceeds
 
-
1,257
Payments for recognised intangible assets
 
(12,301)
(14,543)
Net cash used in investing activities
 
(40,621)
(12,160)
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
For the year ended 30 June 2024
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from exercise of share options and rights
 
44
624
Payments of the principal portion of leases
 
(3,017)
(1,173)
Net cash flows used in financing activities
 
(2,973)
(549)
Net movement in cash and cash equivalents
 
8,168
6,351
Effect of foreign exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents
 
-
(633)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
 
42,603
36,885
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
5
50,771
42,603
The above Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying Notes. 
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 113

114 | Annual Report 2024
1.	General information and statement of material accounting policies
The financial report of the Group was authorised for issue in accordance with a resolution of the Directors on 26 August  2024.
The Group is a for-profit company listed on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX), registered and domiciled in Australia. The nature of 
the operations and principal activities of the Group are described in the Directors’ Report.
The financial report includes the consolidated and standalone financial statements of Tyro Payments Limited (the Company or Parent 
Entity) and its controlled entities (together referred to as the Group). Tyro Payments Limited is the ultimate parent entity of the Group.
The material policies which have been adopted in the preparation of this financial report are set out below.
(a)	Basis of preparation
The financial report is a general purpose financial report, which has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the 
Corporations Act 2001, Australian Accounting Standards, other authoritative pronouncements of the Australian Accounting Standards 
Board (AASB), International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and Interpretations as issued by the International Accounting 
Standards Board (IASB). The financial report has also been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for loans and financial investments 
which have been measured at fair value and investments in associates which have been accounted for using the equity method.
A number of new accounting standards and amendments have been issued but are not yet effective, none of which have been early 
adopted by the Group in this financial report. The Group has not assessed whether these new standards and amendments will have a 
material impact on the financial position or performance of the Group.
	 •		 Non-current liabilities with Covenants (Amendments AASB 101)
	 •		 Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current (Amendments AASB 101)
	 •		 Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements (AASB 18).
	 •		 Insurance Contracts (AASB 17)
Similar categories of income and expenses have been grouped together. Prior year comparative information for these amounts, where 
necessary, has been reclassified to achieve consistency in disclosure with current financial year amounts and other disclosures.
The financial report is presented in Australian dollars and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand dollars unless otherwise stated 
under the option available to the Company under ASIC Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors’ Reports) Instrument 2016/191. The 
Group is an entity in which the instrument applies.
(b)	Going concern
The Directors consider the Group are able to pay their debts as and when they fall due, and therefore the Group is able to continue as a 
going concern.
(c)	 Changes in material accounting policies
	 (i) Material accounting policy information
The Group adopted Disclosure of Accounting Policies (Amendments to AASB 101 and AASB Practice Statement 2) from 1 July 2023. 
Although the amendments did not result in any changes to the accounting policies themselves, they impacted the accounting policy 
information disclosed in the financial report.
The amendments require the disclosure of ‘material’, rather than ‘significant’, accounting policies. The amendments also provide 
guidance on the application of materiality to the disclosure of accounting policies, assisting entities to provide useful, entity-specific 
accounting policy information that users need to understand other information in the financial report.
Management reviewed the accounting policies and made updates to the information disclosed in Note 1 (e) to Note 1 (ae) in certain 
instances in line with the amendments.
	 (ii) Deferred tax related to assets and liabilities arising from a single transaction 
The Group has adopted Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction (Amendments to AASB 112) 
from 1 July 2023. The amendments narrow the scope of the initial recognition exemption to exclude transactions that give rise to equal 
and offsetting temporary differences – e.g. leases. For leases, an entity is required to recognise the associated deferred tax assets and 
liabilities from the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented, with any cumulative effect recognised as an adjustment 
to retained earnings or other components of equity at that date. For all other transactions, an entity applies the amendments to 
transactions that occur on or after the beginning of the earliest period presented. 
The Group previously accounted for deferred tax on leases by applying the ‘integrally linked’ approach, resulting in a similar outcome 
as under the amendments, except that the deferred tax asset or liability was recognised on a net basis. Following the amendments, the 
Group has recognised a separate deferred tax asset in relation to its lease liabilities and a deferred tax liability in relation to its right-of-
use assets. However, there was no impact on the statements of financial position because the balances qualify for offset under paragraph 
74 of AASB 112. There was also no impact on the opening retained earnings as at 1 July 2022 as a result of the change. The key impact for 
the Group relates to disclosure of the deferred tax assets and liabilities recognised (see Note 4). 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Notes to the financial statements
For the year ended 30 June 2024

(d)	Significant accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions
In applying the Group’s material accounting policies, Management continually evaluates judgements, estimates and assumptions based 
on experience and other factors, including climate-related risks and opportunities, expectations of future events that may have an 
impact on the Group. All judgements, estimates and assumptions made are believed to be reasonable based on the most current set of 
circumstances available to Management. Actual results may differ from judgements, estimates and assumptions. 
Significant judgements, estimates and assumptions made by Management in the preparation of these financial statements are outlined 
as follows:
Share-based payments transactions - The Group recognises the cost of equity-settled transactions with employees (including Key 
Management Personnel) and other stakeholders by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments at the date on which they are 
granted. The valuation assumptions are detailed in Note 14. The equity-settled instruments are expensed using a linear or graded 
probability of vesting approach depending on the terms of the equity instruments.
Classification and valuation of investments - The Group classifies its investments in bonds and equity securities where it does not have 
significant influence or control as Financial Investments – at Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income (FVOCI), with movements 
in fair value recognised directly in equity. The fair value of listed shares has been determined by reference to published price quotations 
in an active market. Where no active market exists for a particular asset, the Group uses a valuation technique to arrive at the fair value. 
The Group prioritises the use of observable market inputs in the valuation of Level 3 fair valued investments and considers all reasonable 
sources of alternative information when incorporating unobservable inputs. Further details are as disclosed in Note 19.
Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method of accounting less impairment losses. See Note 1(n) for 
further details.
Valuation of loans – The Group’s lending product differs from a conventional lending asset that accrues interest over time. Under the 
Group’s current terms, a merchant borrows a loan amount plus an upfront fee. The total loan plus fee amount does not change regardless 
of early or late repayment. As such, the product fails the “solely payments of principal and interest (SPPI) test” under AASB 9 “Financial 
Instruments” and is therefore measured at fair value through the Statements of Comprehensive Income. 
The fair value of loans has been estimated using a valuation technique that converts forecasted cash flows to a present value amount 
(discounted cash flow method). The forecasted cash flows are actuarially determined using predictive models based partly on evidenced 
historical performance and expected repayment profiles. Inputs into the valuation model are detailed in Note 19 (ix). 
Capitalisation of internally generated software - An intangible asset arising from development expenditure on an internal project is 
recognised by the Group only when the following can be demonstrated: 
	 •		 the technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that it will be available for use or sale; 
	 •		 its intention to complete and its ability to use or sell the asset; 
	 •		 how the asset will generate probable future economic benefits; 
	 •		 availability of resources to complete the development; and 
	 •		 the ability to measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its development. 
The Group commences amortising internally generated software projects from the point the asset is ready for use.
Impairment for intangibles - The Group determines whether intangible assets with indefinite useful life e.g. goodwill is assessed for 
impairment at least on an annual basis. Intangible assets with finite useful lives are reviewed at least annually to determine whether any 
indicators of impairment exist. If an impairment indicator exists, an impairment analysis is performed. Impairment testing requires an 
estimation of the recoverable amount of the cash generating units to which the goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite useful 
lives are allocated. Refer to Note 13(b) for the key assumptions used.
Estimation of useful lives of assets - The estimation of the useful lives of assets has been primarily based on historical experience. In 
addition, the condition of the assets is assessed at least once per year and considered against their remaining useful lives. Adjustments 
to useful lives are made when considered necessary. In assessing whether the useful life of an intangible asset is finite or indefinite, 
Management use judgement in determining the period over which expected future benefits will be generated, also factoring in the 
market that the Group operates in and the longer term strategy for the Group. An impairment assessment is conducted and reviewed by 
Management at least annually as to whether indicators of impairment such as technical obsolescence exist.
Long service leave - Entitlements that arise in respect of non-current long service leave have been measured at their present values of 
expected future payments. Long service leave is calculated based on assumptions and estimates of when employees will take leave and 
the prevailing wage rates at the time the leave will be taken. Long service leave also requires a prediction of the number of employees 
that will achieve entitlement to long service leave.
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 115

116 | Annual Report 2024
(d)	Significant accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions (continued)
Taxation - Provisions for taxation require significant judgement with respect to outcomes that are uncertain. Deferred tax assets are 
recognised for deductible temporary differences and carried forward tax losses after consideration of the:
	 •		 likelihood of availability of future profits, including stress testing of forecasts, for utilisation of deferred tax assets; and
	 •		 outcome of Continuity of Ownership Testing (and where applicable, the Similar Business Test) to support the recognition of any 
carried forward tax losses.
Management does not recognise deferred tax assets where utilisation is not considered probable.
Tyro-Bendigo Bank Alliance 
In October 2020, the Group announced an alliance with Bendigo and Adelaide Bank Limited (Bendigo Bank) for merchant acquiring 
services (Alliance) for a ten year period starting in June 2021. The trail commission payable on the existing customer network and 
future rollouts includes a guaranteed component for the first four years. An additional variable amount is payable based on gross profit 
achieved. The trail commission payable was initially measured at fair value in accordance with AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement when 
the customer relationship was obtained and is remeasured at amortised cost in accordance with AASB 9 Financial Instruments to reflect 
actual and revised estimates of future gross profit.
Key assumptions in respect of estimating the valuation of the trail commission payable included:
	 •		 discount rates derived from similar observed rates for comparable assets that are traded in the market;
	 •		 the merchant churn rate; and
	 •		 probability weighted forecasts considering a high, mid and low forecast estimate prepared by Management and approved by 
the Board.
The associated intangible assets were recognised in accordance with AASB 138 Intangible Assets. They are carried at cost less any 
accumulated amortisation and any accumulated impairment losses and are reviewed annually for any indicator of impairments in 
accordance with AASB 136 Impairment of Assets (see Note 13). The useful life of the acquired intangible assets is judgmental and 
reviewed annually by Management with adjustments made where deemed necessary.
(e)	 Basis of consolidation
	 (i)	Business combinations
The Group accounts for business combinations using the acquisition method when the acquired set of activities and assets meets the 
definition of a business and control is transferred to the Group. In determining whether a particular set of activities and assets is a 
business, the Group assesses whether the set of assets and activities acquired includes, at a minimum, an input and substantive process 
and whether the acquired set has the ability to produce outputs.
The Group has an option to apply a ‘concentration test’ that permits a simplified assessment of whether an acquired set of activities 
and assets is not a business. The optional concentration test is met if substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired is 
concentrated in a single identifiable asset or group of similar identifiable assets.
The consideration transferred in the acquisition is generally measured at fair value, as are the identifiable net assets acquired. Any 
goodwill that arises is tested annually for impairment (see Note 13). Any gain on a bargain purchase is recognised in profit or loss 
immediately. Transaction costs are expensed as incurred, except if related to the issue of debt or equity securities.
The consideration transferred does not include amounts related to the settlement of pre-existing relationships. Such amounts are 
generally recognised in profit or loss.
Any contingent consideration is measured at fair value at the date of acquisition and subsequent changes in the fair value of the 
contingent consideration are recognised in profit or loss.
If share-based payment awards (replacement awards) are required to be exchanged for awards held by the acquiree’s employees 
(acquiree’s awards), then all or a portion of the amount of the acquirer’s replacement awards is included in measuring the consideration 
transferred in the business combination. This determination is based on the market-based measure of the replacement awards compared 
with the market-based measure of the acquiree’s awards and the extent to which the replacement awards relate to pre-combination 
services.
	 (ii) Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. The Company ‘controls’ an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable 
returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. The financial 
statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date on which control commences until the 
date on which control ceases.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2024

	 (iii) Transactions eliminated on consolidation
Intra-group balances and transactions, and any unrealised income and expenses (except for foreign currency transaction gains or losses) 
arising from intra-group transactions, are eliminated. Unrealised gains arising from transactions with equity-accounted investees are 
eliminated against the investment to the extent of the Group’s interest in the investee. Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same way 
as unrealised gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment.
(f)	 Current and non-current classification
The Group presents assets and liabilities in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position based on current and non-current 
classification. An asset is current when it is: 
	 •		 expected to be realised or intended to be sold or consumed in the normal operating cycle; 
	 •		 held primarily for the purpose of trading;
	 •		 expected to be realised within twelve months after the reporting period;
or 
	 •		 cash or cash equivalent unless restricted from being exchanged or used to settle a liability for at least twelve months after the 
reporting period.
All other assets are classified as non-current. 
A liability is current when: 
	 •		 it is expected to be settled in the normal operating cycle;
	 •		 it is held primarily for the purpose of trading;
	 •		 it is due to be settled within twelve months after the reporting period;
or
	 •		 there is no unconditional right to defer the settlement of the liability for at least twelve months after the reporting period.
The terms of the liability that could, at the option of the counterparty, result in its settlement by the issue of equity instruments do not 
affect its classification. 
The Group classifies all other liabilities as non-current. 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified as non-current assets and liabilities.
(g)	Cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents comprises of cash balances, call deposits and term deposits with an original maturity of three months or less 
from the date of acquisition.
(h)	Due from other financial institutions
Includes term deposits with maturities greater than three months from the date of acquisition, and term deposits pledged to 
counterparties as collateral. These are initially measured at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost less allowance for 
expected credit losses, using the effective interest method. Refer to Note 20(b) for details of deposits pledged as collateral.
(i)	 Trade and other receivables 
Trade receivables, which generally have 30-day terms, are recognised initially at fair value, and subsequently measured at amortised cost 
using the effective interest method, less an allowance for expected credit losses (ECL). Collectability of trade receivables is reviewed on 
an ongoing basis. Debts that are known to be uncollectible are written off when identified.
The Group has applied the simplified approach to calculate ECL for trade receivables where a loss allowance is based on lifetime ECL at 
each reporting date. An impairment analysis is performed at each reporting date using a provision matrix to measure expected credit 
losses. The provision rates are based on days past due for groupings of various customer segments with similar loss patterns (i.e. by 
customer type). The calculation reflects the probability-weighted outcome, the time value of money and reasonable and supportable 
information that is available at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions.
(j)	 Loans 
Loans to merchants are classified and measured at fair value with changes in the fair value being recognised in the Statements of 
Comprehensive Income. The loans are unsecured with an upfront (“unearned”) fee charged to the merchant. As the merchant receives 
daily settlements, a percentage is taken towards loan repayments. The loan repayment includes a portion which recognises the unearned 
fee in the Statements of Comprehensive Income as interest income. When the loan is uncollectible, it is written-off. Such write-offs of 
loans occur after all the necessary assessments for write-off procedures have been completed and the amount of the loss has been 
determined. Loan write-offs are disclosed as lending losses in the Statements of Comprehensive Income. Subsequent recoveries are 
recognised against these write-offs.
(k)	Prepayments 
Prepayments are recognised for amounts paid whereby goods have not transferred ownership to the Group or where services have not 
yet been provided. Upon receipt of goods or the service, the corresponding asset is recognised in the Statements of Financial Position or 
the expense is recognised in the Statements of Comprehensive Income.
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 117

118 | Annual Report 2024
(l)	 Inventories 
	 (i) Cost and valuation 
The costs of purchasing inventories comprise the purchase price, import duties and other taxes (other than those subsequently 
recoverable by the Group from the taxing authorities), and transport, handling and other costs directly attributable to the acquisition 
of finished goods, materials and services. Trade discounts, rebates and other similar items are deducted in determining the costs of 
purchase. Inventories are subsequently held at the lower of cost and their net realisable value. Impairment is assessed at least on an 
annual basis. Inventories are derecognised when the rights to benefits are transferred to a third party.
	 (ii) Impairment 
Management makes assessments of the net realisable value of inventory at least on an annual basis. The cost of inventory may not be 
recoverable where the inventory is damaged, wholly or partially obsolete, or if selling prices have declined. In accordance with AASB 102 
Inventories, where the cost of inventory exceeds the net realisable value, inventory is written down to their net realisable value.
Net realisable value is an estimate, based on the most reliable evidence at the time, of the amount the inventories are expected 
to realise.
(m)	 Financial investments 
Recognition and initial measurement
The classification of financial investments at initial recognition depends on the financial asset’s contractual cash flow characteristics and 
the Group’s business model for managing them. The Group initially measures financial assets held at amortised cost or debt instruments 
held at fair value through other comprehensive income at its fair value plus transaction costs. 
In order for a debt investment to be classified and measured at amortised cost or fair value through other comprehensive income 
(OCI), it needs to give rise to cash flows that are SPPI on the principal amount outstanding. This assessment is referred to as the SPPI 
test and is performed at an instrument level. Financial assets with cash flows that are not SPPI are classified and measured at fair 
value through profit or loss, irrespective of the business model. Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are carried in the 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position at fair value with net changes in fair value recognised in the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income.  
The Group’s business model for managing financial assets refers to how it manages its financial assets in order to generate cash flows. 
The business model determines whether cash flows will result from collecting contractual cash flows, selling the financial assets, or 
both. Financial investments classified and measured at fair value through OCI are held within a business model with the objective of both 
holding to collect contractual cash flows and selling.
Subsequent measurement
For debt investments at fair value through OCI, interest income, foreign exchange revaluations and impairment losses or reversals are 
recognised in the Statements of Comprehensive Income. The remaining fair value changes are recognised in OCI. Upon derecognition, the 
cumulative fair value change recognised in OCI is recycled to profit or loss.
For equity investments at fair value through OCI, the Group can elect to classify irrevocably its equity investments as equity instruments 
designated at fair value through OCI at initial recognition. Gains and losses on these financial assets are never recycled to profit or 
loss. Equity instruments designated at fair value through OCI are not subject to impairment assessment. The Group elected to classify 
irrevocably its non-listed equity investments under this category.
Purchase and sale of investments are recognised on trade date - the date on which the Group becomes party to the contractual 
provisions of the investment.
(n)	Investment in associates
The Group’s interests in equity-accounted investees comprise interests in associates. Associates are those entities in which the Group 
has significant influence, but not control or joint control, over the financial and operating policies. Interests in associates is accounted 
for under the equity method. It is initially recognised at cost, which includes transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, the 
financial statements include the Group’s share of the profit or loss and OCI of equity accounted investees, until the date on which 
significant influence ceases. Goodwill on associate companies represents the excess of the cost of acquisition of the associate over the 
Group’s share of the fair value of the identifiable net assets of the associate and is included in the carrying amount of the investments.
(o)	 Property, plant and equipment 
	 (i)	Cost 
Property, plant and equipment are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and any impairment in value. The Group recognises 
in the carrying amount of an item of property, plant and equipment the cost of replacing parts when the cost is incurred, and the 
recognition criteria are met. When each major inspection is performed, its cost is recognised in the carrying amount of the item of 
property, plant or equipment, as a replacement, provided that the recognition criteria are satisfied.
	
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2024

(ii) Depreciation 
Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of each specific item of property, plant and equipment.
Estimated useful lives are as follows:
The assets’ residual values, remaining useful lives and depreciation methods are reassessed and adjusted, if appropriate at each 
reporting date.
	 (iii) Impairment 
Management identifies applicable impairment indicators in accordance with AASB 136 Impairment of Assets. The carrying values of 
plant and equipment are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be 
recoverable. If any such indication exists and where the carrying values exceed the estimated recoverable amount, the assets are written 
down to their recoverable amount. The recoverable amount of plant and equipment is the greater of fair value less costs of disposal and 
its value in use.
	 (iv) Derecognition and disposal 
An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised on disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected to arise from 
continued use of the asset. Gains and losses on disposal are calculated as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the 
asset’s carrying amount and are included in the Statements of Comprehensive Income in the year the asset is derecognised.
	 (v) Subsequent expenditure
Subsequent expenditure is capitalised only if it is probable that the future economic benefits associated with the expenditure will flow to 
the Group.
(p)	Leases 
The Group assesses at contract inception whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. That is, if the contract conveys the right to control 
the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration.
	 (i)	 Group as a lessee 
The Group applies a single recognition and measurement approach for all leases, except for short-term leases and leases of low-
value assets. The Group recognises lease liabilities to make lease payments and right-of-use assets representing the right to use the 
underlying assets.
Right-of-use assets  
The Group recognises right-of-use assets at the commencement date of the lease (i.e. the date the underlying asset is available for 
use). Right-of-use assets are measured at cost, less any accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, and adjusted for any re-
measurement of lease liabilities. The cost of right-of-use assets includes the amount of lease liabilities recognised, initial direct costs 
incurred, lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received and an estimate of costs to 
be incurred by the lessee in dismantling and removing the underlying asset, restoring the site on which it is located or restoring the 
underlying asset to the condition required by the terms and conditions of the lease. Right-of-use assets are depreciated on a straight-line 
basis over the shorter of the lease term and the estimated useful lives of the assets.
Lease liabilities  
At the commencement date of the lease, the Group recognises lease liabilities measured at the present value of lease payments to be 
made over the lease term. The lease payments include fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments) less any lease incentives 
receivable, variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate, and amounts expected to be paid under residual value guarantees. 
The lease payments also include the exercise price of a purchase option reasonably certain to be exercised by the Group and payments 
of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the Group exercising the option to terminate. Variable lease payments 
that do not depend on an index or a rate are recognised as expenses in the period in which the event or condition that triggers the 
payment occurs.
In calculating the present value of lease payments, the Group uses its incremental borrowing rate at the lease commencement date 
because the interest rate implicit in the lease is not readily determinable. After the commencement date, the amount of lease liabilities 
is increased to reflect the accretion of interest and reduced for the lease payments made. In addition, the carrying amount of lease 
liabilities is remeasured if there is a modification, a change in the lease term, a change in the lease payments (e.g. changes to future 
payments resulting from a change in an index or rate used to determine such lease payments) or a change in the assessment of an option 
to purchase the underlying asset.
Plant and equipment:                                                      
2024
2023
Terminals 
3 years 
3 years
Furniture and office equipment 
 5 years
5 years
Computer equipment 
 3 - 4 years
3 - 4 years
Leasehold improvements
Remaining term of lease 
Remaining term of lease
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 119

120 | Annual Report 2024
(p)	Leases (continued)
	 (ii) Short-term leases and leases of low-value assets 
The Group applies the short-term lease recognition exemption to its short-term leases of equipment (i.e. those leases that have a lease 
term of 12 months or less from the commencement date and do not contain a purchase option). This exemption is also applied to office 
equipment that are low value. Lease payments on short-term leases and leases of low value assets are recognised as an expense on a 
straight-line basis over the lease term.
(q)	Intangible assets and goodwill 
	 (i)	 Software	
The Group continues to make significant investments in various projects to develop new products and enhance existing products’ 
capabilities. For certain projects, it is more probable that future economic benefits from the assets arising from the projects will flow 
to the Group and their expenditure can be measured reliably with enhancements in the Group’s data governance, system and reporting. 
Therefore, software development costs for those projects are recognised as intangible assets in the Statements of Financial Position in 
accordance with AASB 138 Intangible Assets.
Following initial recognition of the development expenditure as an asset, the intangible asset is carried at its cost less any accumulated 
amortisation and any accumulated impairment losses. Each development project will then be reviewed annually for any indicator of 
impairment in accordance with AASB 136 Impairment of Assets.
Acquired intangibles as part of the Medipass acquisition were valued using the replacement cost technique.
	 (ii) Customer contracts and relationships
Customer contracts were acquired as part of the Tyro-Bendigo Alliance and Medipass acquisitions. They were recognised at their fair 
value at the date of acquisition and are subsequently amortised on a straight-line based on the timing of projected cash flows of the 
contracts over their estimated useful lives.
The useful life of finite intangible assets is judgmental and reviewed annually by Management with adjustments made where deemed 
necessary. The following method is used in the calculation of amortisation:
	 (iii) Goodwill 
Goodwill on acquisition is initially measured at cost being the excess of the cost of the business combination over the Group’s interest in 
the net fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities. Following initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated 
impairment losses. Goodwill is not amortised and is tested annually for impairment.
Goodwill is reviewed for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value 
may be impaired. Impairment is determined by assessing the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the goodwill 
relates. Where the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit is less than the carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognised. 
(r)	 Deferred tax asset 
Deferred tax is provided using the liability method on temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their 
carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes at the reporting date (Note 4(c)).
The Group offsets deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities if, and only if, it has a legally enforceable right to set off current tax 
assets and current tax liabilities and the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same 
taxation authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities which intend either to settle current tax liabilities 
and assets on a net basis. The Group also offsets deferred tax assets and liabilities to realise the assets and settle the liabilities 
simultaneously, in each future period in which significant amounts of deferred tax liabilities or assets are expected to be settled 
or recovered.
(s)	 Deposits 
Deposits from merchants are initially recognised at fair value. Subsequent to initial recognition, these liabilities are measured 
at amortised cost. Interest expense on deposits is recognised in the Statements of Comprehensive Income using the effective 
interest method.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Intangible asset
Amortisation method 
Useful life 
Software  
Straight line 
Finite (3 - 5 years) 
Customer contracts and relationships
Straight line 
Finite (7 - 10 years)
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2024

(t)	 Trade and other payables
Merchant payables arise when the Group has received monies from the relevant schemes and financial institutions that have not yet been 
settled with the merchant.
Payables to merchants are only recognised to the extent that a liability arises. This liability arises when the proceeds have been paid by 
the schemes and financial institutions and received by the Group.
Liabilities for trade and other payables are carried at cost, which is the fair value of the consideration to be paid in the future for goods 
and services received, whether or not billed to the Group.
Commissions payable to Bendigo Bank
The trail commission payable on the existing customer network and future rollouts includes an amount guaranteed by the Group and 
an additional variable amount based on revenue achieved. The trail commission payable is initially measured at fair value in accordance 
with AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement when the customer relationship was obtained and remeasured in subsequent periods at amortised 
cost in accordance with AASB 9 Financial Instruments to reflect actual and revised estimates of future gross profit. 
The key assumptions used in estimating the valuation of the trail commission payable can be found in Note 1(d).
(u)	Provisions and contingencies
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event and it is probable 
that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits may be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made 
of the amount of the obligation.
Provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of 
the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The unwinding of the discount is recognised as finance cost.
Contingent liabilities are not recognised in the Statements of Financial Position but are disclosed in the relevant notes to the financial 
statements. They may arise from uncertainty as to the existence of a liability or represent an existing liability in respect of which 
settlement is not probable or the amount cannot be reliably measured. Only when settlement becomes probable will a liability be 
recognised.
Management evaluates the risk of such transactions and estimates its potential loss from chargebacks based primarily on historical 
experience and other relevant factors. A provision is recognised in the general reserve for credit losses for merchant losses necessary to 
absorb chargebacks and other losses for merchant transactions that have been previously processed and on which revenues have been 
recorded.
(v)	 Contributed equity
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of ordinary shares are recognised as a 
deduction from equity net of tax from the proceeds of the issue. 
(w)	General reserve for credit losses
The Group appropriates for estimated future credit losses from chargebacks, with a general reserve for credit losses. The Group 
estimates the reserve by using a multiple of historical losses over a rolling 120 day period of transaction values. The general reserve for 
credit losses is then allocated as a separate reserve within equity.
The Group also appropriates for estimated future credit losses from loans to ensure the Group has sufficient capital to cover credit 
losses estimated to arise over the full life of the loans as required by APRA Prudential Standard APS 220 Credit Risk Management.
The methodology and assumptions used for estimating the general reserve for credit losses required are reviewed regularly. 
(x)	Revenue recognition 
Revenue from contracts with customers is recognised in accordance with AASB 15 which introduced a single, principle-based five step 
recognition and measurement model. The five steps are: 
	 1.	 identify the contract with a customer; 
	 2.	identify separate performance obligations in the contract; 
	 3.	determine the transaction price; 
	 4.	allocate the transaction price to each performance obligations identified in Step 2; and 
	 5.	recognise revenue when a performance obligation is satisfied.
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 121

122 | Annual Report 2024
(x) Revenue recognition (continued)
The Group’s fee income from contracts with customers is derived primarily from the following sources: 
	 •	Merchant service fee income is generated from merchant customers for credit, debit and charge card acquiring services. Fees are 
charged to merchants depending on the type of transaction being performed based on a percentage of transaction value or on a 
fixed amount per transaction. Fees related to payment transactions are recognised at the time transactions are processed. Related 
interchange fees, which are collected from merchants and paid to credit institutions are recognised as an expense instead of netting-
off against merchant service fee income in the Statements of Comprehensive Income as Tyro is the principal in the arrangement; and
	 •	Terminal rental income generated from operating leases with merchants is recognised progressively based on a fixed monthly rental 
on terminals. There is no minimum rental period for merchants.
	 •	Interest income is recognised in the Statements of Comprehensive Income in accordance with AASB 9 using the effective interest 
method. The effective interest method measures the amortised cost of a financial asset and allocates the interest income over 
the relevant period using the effective interest which is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts through the 
expected life of the financial asset to the net carrying amount of the financial asset.
(y)	Employee benefits 
Provision is made for employee benefits accumulated as a result of employees rendering services up to the reporting date. These benefits 
include wages and salaries, annual leave and long service leave.
Entitlements arising in respect of salaries and wages, annual leave and other employee benefits that are expected to be settled within 
one year have been measured at their nominal amounts. Employees are entitled to 20 days annual leave each year.
Entitlements that arise in respect of long service leave which are expected to be settled more than 12 months after the reporting date 
have been measured at their present values of expected future payments. Long service leave is calculated based on assumptions and 
estimates of when employees will take leave and the prevailing wage rates at the time the leave will be taken. Long service leave liability 
also requires a prediction of the number of employees that will achieve entitlement to long service leave. Expected future payments are 
discounted using market yields at the reporting date on high quality corporate bonds with terms to maturity and currencies that match 
as closely as possible to the estimated future cash outflows.
No provision has been made for sick leave as all sick leave is non-vesting and the average sick leave to be taken in the future by all 
employees at the reporting date is estimated to be less than the annual entitlement for sick leave.
(z)	 Share-based payment transactions 
Share-based compensation benefits are provided to employees (including Key Management Personnel) via the employee share option 
plans, short-term incentive plans and long-term incentive plans, whereby employees render services in exchange for rights over the 
Company’s shares, as well as other stakeholders under contractual arrangements. The cost of these equity-settled transactions is 
measured by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments at the date at which they are granted. The fair value of any options 
issuance is determined using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. 
The cost of equity-settled transactions is recognised, together with any corresponding increase in equity, over the period in which the 
employees or stakeholders become fully entitled to the award (the vesting period). 
The cumulative expense recognised for equity-settled transactions at each reporting date until vesting date reflects the extent to 
which the vesting period has expired and the number of awards that, in the opinion of the Directors of the Company, will ultimately vest. 
This opinion is based on the best available information at the reporting date. No adjustment is made for the likelihood of performance 
conditions being met as the effect of these conditions is included in the determination of fair value at grant date.
No expense is recognised for awards that do not ultimately vest. Details of the types of share-based payments and their respective terms 
and vesting conditions are disclosed in Note 14.
The Company also has share-based compensation benefits in the form of rights which are tied to performance conditions, as well as 
restricted rights which relate to remuneration sacrifice rights. The policy treatment is consistent with that for share options via the 
Employee Share Option Plan.
(aa)	Income taxes
Current tax assets and liabilities for the current and prior years are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the 
taxation authority. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are enacted or substantively enacted by the 
reporting date.
Current income tax relating to items recognised directly in equity is recognised in equity and not in the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in the tax returns with respect to situations in which 
applicable tax regulations are subject to interpretation and establishes provisions where appropriate.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2024

Tax Consolidation 
Tyro Payments Limited (the Company) and its wholly-owned Australian controlled subsidiaries (collectively, the Group) entered into a 
tax consolidated group on 1 July 2021. The head entity, Tyro Payments Limited and the controlled entities in the tax consolidated group 
continue to account for their own current and deferred tax amounts using the ‘stand-alone taxpayer’ approach. Deferred tax assets 
and deferred tax liabilities are measured by reference to the carrying amounts of the assets and liabilities in their own balance sheet. 
Deferred tax assets relating to temporary differences, unused tax losses and unused tax credits are only recognised to the extent that it 
is probable that future tax profit will be available against which the benefits of the deferred tax asset can be utilised.
Tax sharing agreements
The Company, in conjunction with other members of the tax-consolidated group, has also entered into a tax sharing agreement. The tax 
sharing agreement provides for the determination of the allocation of income tax liabilities between the entities should the head entity 
default on its tax payment obligations.
(ab) Cloud Computing arrangements
Cloud computing arrangements are service contracts providing the Group with the right to access software as a service
(SaaS) over a contract period. Cost incurred to configure and customise application software in SaaS arrangements are
recognised as an expense in the Statements of Comprehensive Income when the Group does not have the ability to
control and restrict access to the SaaS. A right to receive future access to the supplier’s software does not, at the contract
commencement date, give the Group the power to obtain the future economic benefits flowing from the software itself
and to restrict others’ access to those benefits.
The following outlines the accounting treatment of costs incurred in relation to SaaS arrangements:
Costs incurred for the development of software code that enhances or modifies, or creates additional capability to, existing on-
premise systems and meets the definition of and recognition criteria for an intangible asset are recognised as intangible computer 
software assets.
(ac)	Goods and Services Tax (GST)
Revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities are recognised net of the amount of GST except for the following: 
	 •	when the GST incurred on the purchase of goods and services is not recoverable from the taxation authority, in which case the GST is 
recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of the asset or as part of the expense item as applicable; and 
	 •	trade receivables and trade payables are stated with the amount of GST included.
The net amount of GST recoverable from or payable to the taxation authority is included as part of other receivables or other payables 
in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. Commitments and contingencies are disclosed net of the amount of GST. Cash flows 
are disclosed net of the amount of GST (unless stated otherwise) in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flow and the GST component of 
cash flows arising from investing and financing activities, which is recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority is classified as 
part of operating cash flows.
(ad)	Foreign currency translation
Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded in the functional currency by applying the exchange rates ruling at the date of the 
transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the spot rates of exchange ruling at the 
reporting date.
Non-monetary assets and liabilities are translated at their historic rates of exchange at their respective transaction dates.
(ae)	De-recognition of assets and liabilities
Assets and liabilities are de-recognised from the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position upon sale, maturity or settlement. The 
Group de-recognises scheme receivables against associated merchant payables as the risks and rewards are passed through in line with 
contractual obligations.
Accounting treatment
Non-distinct costs: Recognised as an operating expense over the 
term of the service contract
• Fee for use of application software (licence fee)
• Customisation costs
Distinct costs: Recognised as an operating expense as the service 
is received
• Configuration costs 
• Data conversion and migration costs
• Testing cost
• Training costs
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 123

124 | Annual Report 2024
The profit before tax has been arrived at after accounting for the following items:
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Fees and terminal rental income
2024 
$000
2023 
$000
Merchant service fee
 
403,865
379,057
Terminal rental income
 
35,396
34,774
Other fee income
 
4,646
3,800
 
 
443,907
417,631
Interest Income
 
 
 
Effective interest income
 
13,242
7,653
Interest income on loans1
 
12,625
11,059
 
 
25,867
18,712
Gain on financial instruments
 
 
 
Remeasurement of commission payable to Bendigo Bank2
 
17,324
 -
Fair value gain on equity investment
 
 -
3,974
Fair value loss on loans1
 
(116)
(1,697)
 
 
17,208
2,277
Other income
 
 
 
Proceeds from legal settlement3
 
8,967
 -
Sale of terminal accessories and other income
 
1,766
1,156
 
 
10,733
1,156
Interchange, integration and support fees
 
 
 
Interchange and scheme fees
 
(218,922)
(209,399)
Integration, support and other fees
 
(28,706)
(22,977)
 
 
(247,628)
(232,376)
Employee benefits expense (excluding share-based payments)
 
 
 
Wages, salaries and incentives
 
(79,693)
(82,393)
Superannuation
 
(8,567)
(8,133)
Other employee benefits expense
 
(7,645)
(6,431)
 
 
(95,905)
(96,957)
Administrative and other expenses
 
 
 
Terminal management and logistics
 
(5,212)
(4,417)
Insurance
 
(2,101)
(1,829)
Travel and entertainment
 
(1,005)
(828)
Professional services3
 
(847)
(2,668)
Impairment of right-of-use assets
 
(235)
(1,184)
Other expenses
 
(6,530)
(4,318)
 
 
(15,930)
(15,244)
Lending and non-lending (losses)/gains
 
 
 
Lending losses1
 
(4,293)
(2,880)
Non-lending losses
 
(691)
(520)
Remediation provision release4
 
 -
3,719
Insurance recoveries5
 
930
820
 
 
(4,054)
1,139
2. Revenue and expenses
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2024
1 Fair value loss on loans excludes interest income on loans or lending losses. Interest income on loans and lending losses have been disclosed as separate items within the Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income.
2 The Group has remeasured the commission payable to Bendigo Bank by $17,324,000 (June 2023: nil) to reflect a decrease in future commission payable on Bendigo Alliance merchants. 
Refer to Note 16 for further details.
3 The Group received a settlement from Kounta for a contractual breach. $8,967,000 was recognised as other income with the remaining $1,033,000 offsetting against legal costs within 
professional services.
4 The remediation provision of $3,719,000 was fully released in 2023 as the provision was no longer being expected to be utilised following the approval of the settlement of the class action 
by the Court
5 The insurance recovery of $930,000 (June 2023: $820,000) relates to the recovery of remediation and legal costs incurred in relation to the January 2021 terminal connectivity 
incident (Note 7).

3.	Segment reporting
(a)	Description of segments and principal activities
For management purposes, the Group is organised into two operating segments, comprising Payments and Banking. Operating segments 
are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision maker, which is the Managing 
Director and CEO. The Group operates in one geographical segment being Australia. 
The corporate and other segment, which is not considered an operating segment of the Group, is used to reconcile the total segment 
results back to the consolidated results. It consists of other income and costs that fall outside the day-to-day operations of the Group. 
These include the Group’s Head Office, all employee benefits expenses and other operating expenses, all of which are recorded below 
Gross Profit.
The Group’s reportable segments under AASB 8 Operating Segments are as follows:
Reportable Segment
Principal activities
Payments
Acquires electronic payment transactions from merchants. Revenue is primarily earned from fees charged for 
processing acquired transactions. Revenue is also earned from other fee income, terminal rental income and 
sales of terminal accessories. Direct expenses include scheme and interchange fees, integration, support and 
other fees and cost of terminal accessories sold.
Banking
Complementary banking services to merchants. Revenue is earned from fees charged on loans and interest 
income on excess deposits. Interest expense is  incurred on deposits.
(b)	Revenue and gross profit by segment
Payments1
Banking2
Corporate 
and other3
Total
2024
Revenue 
Gross profit
471,507 
219,833
14,725 
12,598
11,483 
11,483
497,715 
243,914
2023
Revenue 
Gross profit
419,215 
184,597
10,550 
9,736
10,011 
10,011
439,776 
204,344
2024 
$000
2023 
$000
Gross profit
243,914 
204,344
Operating expenses (excl. depreciation and amortisation, other interest expenses and share of loss from associates)
(176,776) 
(161,685)
Depreciation and amortisation
(40,890)
(36,355)
Other interest expenses
(2,827)
(3,712)
Share of loss from associates
(1,063)
(131)
Profit before tax
22,358
2,461
1 Gross profit of the Payments segment is payments revenue and income less direct expenses.
2 Gross profit of the Banking segment is income from merchant lending adjusted for the fair value movement on loans, interest income on excess deposits 
and interest expense on deposits.
3 Gross profit of Corporate and other includes income from investments and other revenue and income.
(c)	 Assets and liabilities by segment
Payments 
$000
Banking 
$000
Corporate 
and other 
$000
Total 
$000
2024
Segment assets 
Segment liabilities
257,401 
87,516
41,177 
90,322
152,880 
65,946
451,458 
243,784
2023
Segment assets 
Segment liabilities
234,534 
90,392
75,824 
93,569
120,679 
69,392
431,037 
253,353
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 125
Reconciliation of gross profit to profit before tax:

126 | Annual Report 2024
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2024 
$000
2023 
$000
Current income tax
Current income tax benefit
-
-
Deferred income tax
Relating to origination and reversal of temporary differences
 (3,420)
3,487
Recognition/(derecognition) of deferred tax on temporary difference
202
(2,538)
Recognition of previously unrecognised tax losses
 6,565
2,603
Income tax benefit in the statement of comprehensive income
 3,347
3,552
2024 
$000
2023 
$000
Operating profit before tax
22,358
2,461
At the statutory income tax rate of 30%
(6,707)
(738)
Share-based payment remuneration
(1,159)
(3,350)
Share of loss from associates
(319)
(39)
Other non-deductible expenses
 (90)
(80)
Recoupment of prior year tax losses not brought to account
 4,855
6,502
Fair value gains on equity investment
-
1,192
Recognition of deferred tax on previously unrecognised tax losses
 6,565
2,603
Recognition/(derecognition) of deferred tax on temporary differences
202
(2,538)
Total income tax benefit
 3,347
3,552
Amount reported directly in other comprehensive income and equity
Deferred tax related to items recognised in equity during the period
-
-
Income tax benefit reported in equity
-
-
4.	Income tax
(a) Income tax benefit
Major components of income tax benefit for the year ended 30 June 2024 and 30 June 2023:
(b)	Reconciliation of income tax benefit and prima facie tax:
(c) Deferred income tax assets and liabilities:
2024
2023
Statement 
of financial 
position
Statement  of 
comprehensive 
income
Other 
comprehensive 
income and equity
Statement of 
financial 
position
Statement of 
comprehensive 
income
Other 
comprehensive 
income and equity
Net deferred tax assets 
$000
$000
$000
$000
$000
$000
Commission Payable
17,723
(7,808)
-
25,531
24,771
-
Lease liabilities
9,462
(606)
-
10,068
9,936
-
Tax losses
9,168
6,565 
 -
2,603
2,603
-
Provisions & accruals
 3,468
346
 -
3,122
(3,117)
-
Fixed assets
 1,111
  (5,808)
-
6,919
2,181
-
Software intangibles
3,426
2,348
 -
1,078
1,294
-
Financial investments
669
45
-
624
529
-
Other
369
(1,280)
-
1,649
1,130
-
Right-of-use assets
(7,089)
814
-
(7,903)
(8,622)
-
Customer relationships intangible
(18,422)
8,731
-
(27,153)
(27,153) 
-
Total
 19,885
 3,347
-
16,538
3,552
-
Net deferred tax assets relate to temporary differences up to $19,885,000 (tax effected) as at 30 June 2024 (June 2023: $16,538,000). 
In addition, approximately $10,458,000 (tax effected) of unused tax losses, R&D credits and temporary differences have not been 
recognised as an asset at balance date (June 2023: $22,065,000).
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2024

2024 
$000
2023 
$000
Cash at bank
50,771
42,603
50,771
42,603
2024 
$000
2023 
$000
Reconciliation of profit after tax to net cash flows from operations
Profit after income tax
25,705
6,013
Adjustments for:
Remeasurement of commission payable to Bendigo Bank
(17,324)
-
Depreciation and amortisation
40,890
36,355
Impairment of intangible assets
18,755
111
Lending losses
4,293
2,880
Share-based payments expense
3,862
11,165
Other interest expenses
1,451
2,988
Share of losses from associates
1,063
131
Impairment of right-of-use asset
235
1,184
Fair value loss on loans
116
1,697
Fair value gain on equity instrument
-
(3,974)
Income tax benefit
(3,347)
(3,552)
Remediation provision release
-
(3,719)
Other
1,291
11
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Increase in trade, other receivables and other assets
(22,908)
(2,665)
Decrease/(increase) in loans1
6,792
(15,599)
Purchase of terminals
(25,829)
(16,031)
(Decrease)/Increase in deposits
(3,822)
9,431
Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables
20,652
(7,485)
(Decrease)/increase in provisions
(113)
119
Net cash flow from operating activities
51,762
19,060
5.	Cash and cash equivalents
1 Movement in loans balances excludes adjustments for write offs and fair value adjustments.
2024 
$000
2023 
$000
Term deposits
10,101
-
Deposits pledged as collateral
16,286
15,779
26,387
15,779
6.	Due from other financial institutions
Includes term deposits with maturities greater than three months from the date of acquisition and deposits pledged to counterparties as 
collateral. Refer to Note 20 for details of deposits pledged as collateral.
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 127

128 | Annual Report 2024
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2024 
$000
2023 
$000
Scheme and other receivables1
28,314
5,165
Merchant acquiring fees 
15,865
14,375
Insurance receivable2
-
5,820
44,179
25,360
Current
2024 
$000
2023 
$000
Loans (net of unearned fees)
36,677
43,765
Non-current
Loans (net of unearned fees)
2,648
6,761
39,325
50,526
7.	 Trade and other receivables
8.	Loans
The Group’s ageing of trade and other receivables are as follows:
Total
Total 
$000
Current
$000
1-30 days
$000
31-60 days
$000
61-90 days
$000
> 90 days
$000
Expected 
credit losses
$000
Carrying value 2024
44,179
44,223
 -
 -
 -
 -
(44)
Carrying value 2023
25,360
25,290
111
 -
 -
 -
(41)
9.	Leases
Group as lessee – property lease 
The Group holds a lease for the Group’s headquarters. The lease has a non-cancellable period of 8 years ending in January 2031 with an 
option to renew for a further 5 years. As it is not reasonably certain that the option to renew will be exercised, the extension period has 
not been recognised. In May 2024, the Group entered into a lease for an office in Melbourne. The lease has a non-cancellable period of 
5 years ending in June 2029 with an option to renew for a further 3 years. As it is not reasonably certain that the option to renew will be 
exercised, the extension period has not been recognised.
The right-of-use asset for the Group’s headquarters was impaired during the year as the cost of an unoccupied level of the leased office is 
not expected to be recovered through operations. An impairment expense of $235,000 was recognised in the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income (June 2023: $1,184,000).
The Group had total cash outflow for leases of $4,394,000 in 2024 (June 2023: $1,897,000). The Group also has additional short-term 
leases for offices in Bendigo and Melbourne, and a warehouse in Sydney.
Set out below are the carrying amounts of the Group’s right-of-use assets and lease liabilities in the Statements of Financial Position and 
the movements during the year:
Income from loans comprises interest income of $12,625,000 (June 2023: $11,059,000), fair value loss of $116,000 (June 2023: loss of 
$1,697,000) and net lending loss of $4,293,000 (June 2023: net lending loss of $2,880,000).
1 Scheme receivables are presented net of merchant payables in line with the Group’s accounting policy disclosed in Note 1.
2 The insurance receivable from June 2023 relates to the insurance recovery associated with the settlement of the class action (Note 16) and other insurance 
recoveries relating to the terminal connectivity issue in January 2021 (Note 2). The funds were received in August 2023 and May 2024 respectively.
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2024

As at 1 July 2022
31,158
33,993
Depreciation expense
(3,630)
 -
Impairment expense
(1,184)
 -
Interest expense
 -
1,465
Payments
 -
(1,897)
As at 30 June 2023
26,344
33,561
Lease liabilities – Maturity analysis  
Contractual undiscounted cash flows
2024 
$000
2023 
$000
Within one year
4,906
4,394
After one year but not more than five years
22,219
20,126
More than five years
9,380
15,227
Total undiscounted lease liabilities
36,505
39,747
Right-of-use assets 
$000
Lease liabilities 
$000
As at 1 July 2023
26,344
33,561
Additions
1,029
988
Depreciation expense
(3,508)
 -
Impairment expense
(235)
 -
Interest expense
 -
1,386
Payments
 -
(4,394)
As at 30 June 2024
23,630
31,541
Current
2024 
$000
2023 
$000
Lease liability
4,797
4,394
Non-current
 
 
Lease liability
26,744
29,167
Total lease liabilities
31,541
33,561
Extension options not expected to be exercised
2024 
$000
2023 
$000
More than five years
50,341
49,388
Total
50,341
49,388
9.	Leases (continued)
Future rental payments
Set out below are the undiscounted future rental payments relating to periods following the exercise date of extension and termination 
options. These amounts are not included in the lease liability and would be payable should those options be exercised:
2024 
$000
2023 
$000
Depreciation expense of right-of-use assets
(3,508)
(3,630)
Interest expense on lease liabilities
(1,386)
(1,465)
Impairment on right-of-use asset
(235)
(1,184)
Rent expense on short-term leases
(292)
(114)
Total amount recognised in the statement of comprehensive income
(5,421)
(6,393)
The amounts recognised in the Statements of Comprehensive Income are as follows:
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 129

130 | Annual Report 2024
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Investment in Paypa Plane
2024 
$000
2023 
$000
Percentage ownership interest
11.0%
11.0%
Current assets
1,742
7,995
Non-current assets
1,582
4,506
Current liabilities
(590)
(514)
Non-current liabilities
(500)
(739)
Net assets (100%)
2,234
11,248
Group's share of net assets
246
1,236
Carrying amount of interest in associate1
748
1,811
Revenue
2,443
718
Loss from continuing operations
(7,905)
(7,006)
Total comprehensive loss
(7,905)
(7,006)
Group's share of total comprehensive (loss)/income2
(1,063)
329
Current
2024 
$000
2023 
$000
Bonds
24,608
15,452
24,608
15,452
Non-current
Bonds
63,276
55,098
Equity investments
3,958
3,974
67,234
59,072
Investment in associates
2024 
$000
2023 
$000
Axis IP Pty Ltd (Paypa Plane)
748
1,811
748
1,811
10. Financial investments
11.	Investment in associates
Bonds have been classified between current and non-current based on maturity date. The bonds are held for liquidity purposes and 
qualify as eligible collateral for repurchase agreements with the Reserve Bank of Australia.
In prior year the equity investment held by Tyro related to meandu Australia holdings Pty Ltd (me&u), which is a leading hospitality  
in-venue food ordering and payments app. During the period, me&u and Mr Yum Holdings Pty Ltd (Mr Yum) completed a merger. Mr Yum 
is a mobile menu ordering and payment platform used by leading hospitality and entertainment venues for dine-in, pickup and delivery. 
As a result of this merger, Tyro has received an equity investment in Mr Yum for its investment in me&u. Tyro has recognised a fair value 
loss through Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) on disposal of the investment in me&u of $16,000.
1 The difference between the carrying value of investments and the Group's share of net assets relates to intangible assets and goodwill not recognised 
on the balance sheet of Paypa Plane. The investment in Paypa Plane was considered recoverable based on the value at the last equity raise completed in 
February 2023.
2 A group’s share of total comprehensive loss on investment of $1,063,000 (June 2023: loss of $131,000) has been recognised in the Consolidated Statement 
of Comprehensive Income in the year.
Paypa Plane is a payments technology business transforming scheduled payments. The investment in associate is initially recognised at 
cost and subsequently increased or decreased by the Group’s share of Paypa Plane of net profit or loss after the acquisition date.
The following table summarises the financial information and results of Paypa Plane for the year ended 30 June 2024 and 30 June 2023.
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2024

12.	Property, plant and equipment
Reconciliation of net carrying amounts at the beginning and end of the year for the Group is as below:
Terminals
Terminals 
$000
Furniture and 
office equipment 
$000
Computer 
equipment 
$000
Leasehold 
improvements 
$000
Total 
$000
Year ended 30 June 2024
At 30 June 2023 net of  
accumulated depreciation
31,079 
197
2,511
8,998 
42,785
Additions
26,346
16
756
36
27,154
Disposals
(202)
-
(32)
 -
(234)
Depreciation for the year
(15,878)
(114) 
(1,185) 
(1,194) 
(18,371)
At 30 June 2024 net  
of accumulated depreciation
41,345
99
2,050 
7,840 
51,334
At 30 June 2024
Cost
114,125
2,724
12,689
10,409
139,947
Accumulated depreciation
(72,780)
(2,625)
(10,639) 
(2,569)
(88,613)
Net carrying amount
41,345 
99
2,050
7,840
51,334
Terminals
Terminals 
$000
Furniture and 
office equipment 
$000
Computer 
equipment 
$000
Leasehold 
improvements 
$000
Total 
$000
Year ended 30 June 2023
At 30 June 2022 net of  
accumulated depreciation
27,909
339
3,198
10,006
41,452
Additions
16,031
3
563
161
16,758
Disposals
(116)
(24)
(29)
 -
(169)
Depreciation for the year
(12,745)
(121)
(1,221)
(1,169)
(15,256)
At 30 June 2023 net  
of accumulated depreciation
31,079
197
2,511
8,998
42,785
At 30 June 2023
Cost
89,585
2,708
12,142
10,374
114,809
Accumulated depreciation
(58,506)
(2,511)
(9,631)
(1,376)
(72,024)
Net carrying amount
31,079
197
2,511
8,998
42,785
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 131

132 | Annual Report 2024
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
13.	 Intangible assets and goodwill
(a) Intangible assets 
Reconciliation of net carrying amounts at the beginning and end of the year for the Group is as below:
Terminals
Software 
$000
Customer 
relationships 
$000
Goodwill 
$000
Total 
$000
Year ended 30 June 2024
At 30 June 2023 net of accumulated 
amortisation and impairment
22,267
90,548
13,687
126,502
Additions
9,036
 -
 -
9,036
Impairment expense
 -
(18,755)
 -
(18,755)
Amortisation for the year
(8,627)
(10,384)
-
(19,011)
At 30 June 2024 net of accumulated 
amortisation and impairment
22,676
61,409
 13,687
97,772
At 30 June 2024
Cost
42,153
114,913
13,687
170,753
Accumulated amortisation & impairment
(19,477)
(53,504)
 -
(72,981)
Net carrying amount
22,676
61,409
13,687
97,772
Terminals
Software 
$000
Customer 
relationships 
$000
Goodwill 
$000
Total 
$000
Year ended 30 June 2023
At 30 June 2022 net of accumulated 
amortisation and impairment
16,149
102,197
13,687
132,033
Additions
12,073
 -
 -
12,073
Impairment expense
(111)
 -
 -
(111)
Disposals
(24)
 -
 -
(24)
Amortisation for the year
(5,820)
(11,649)
 -
(17,469)
At 30 June 2023 net of accumulated 
amortisation and impairment
22,267
90,548
13,687
126,502
At 30 June 2023
Cost
33,117
114,913
13,687
161,717
Accumulated amortisation & impairment
(10,850)
(24,365)
 -
(35,215)
Net carrying amount
22,267
90,548
13,687
126,502
Impairment considerations
At each reporting date, the Group assesses whether there is any indication that an asset may be impaired. Where an indicator of 
impairment exists, the Group is required to make a formal estimate of the recoverable amount. Where the carrying value of an asset 
exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount.
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2024

13.	 Intangible assets and goodwill (continued)
(a) Intangible assets (continued)
Due to the presence of impairment indicators as at 31 December 2023, Management was required to perform an impairment assessment 
of the Bendigo Alliance cash-generating unit (CGU) within the Payments operating segment. The recoverable amount of the Bendigo 
Alliance CGU was determined using a value in use (VIU) calculation utilising discounted cash flow projections based on a detailed 3 
year forecast, followed by an extrapolation of expected cash flows for the remaining 4 years. Based on the assessment, a recoverable 
value of $6,058,000 was calculated and an impairment expense of $18,755,000 was identified against the Bendigo Alliance customer 
relationships intangible asset within the CGU. The impairment was a result of a decrease in future discounted cash flows generated 
from the Bendigo Alliance CGU following a drop in Transaction Value (TV) of 10.8% and a drop in Bendigo Alliance merchants by 16.5% 
compared to December 2022. There were no indicators of impairment on the remaining CGUs.
Key assumptions
The cash flow projections require Management to make significant estimates and judgements. Each of the assumptions is subject to 
significant judgement about future economic conditions and the ongoing development of the industries in which the CGUs operate. 
Forecasted cash flows are risk-adjusted allowing for estimated changes in the business and the competitive trading environment.
Cash flow projections are based on forecast revenue growth arising from forecast TV for the Bendigo Alliance. The weighted average 
cost of capital (WACC) applied to the cash flow projections was 12.5% which reflects the current market assessment of the time value of 
money and the risks specific to the relevant segments in which the CGU operates.
(b)	Goodwill  
(i)	 Allocation of goodwill 
The Group has allocated goodwill acquired through business combinations to the Tyro Health CGU. As the only CGU with a non-
amortising intangible asset, the Group determined the Tyro Health CGU to be the only CGU subject to an annual impairment test.  
The Group performed its annual impairment test as at 30 June 2024.
The recoverable amount of the CGU is determined based on VIU calculations using discounted cash flow projections based on financial 
budgets and forecasts covering a five-year period with an estimated terminal growth rate. The cash flows are discounted using a pre-tax 
discount rate reflecting an estimate of the WACC.
The Group determined that the carrying amount of the CGU does not exceed the recoverable amount and therefore no impairment of 
goodwill at 30 June 2024 has been recorded (June 2023: nil). 
(ii) Key assumptions and sensitivity
The cash flow projections which are used in determining any impairment require Management to make significant estimates and 
judgements. Each of the assumptions is subject to significant judgement about future economic conditions and the ongoing development 
of industries in which the CGUs operate. Forecasted cashflows are risk-adjusted allowing for estimated changes in the business and the 
competitive trading environment.
Cash flow projections during the forecast period are based on forecast revenue growth arising from increasing total TV for Tyro Health. 
Forecast increases in gross margin and operating costs have been included to support the forecast growth in volumes. The pre-tax 
discount rate applied to the cash flow projections was 12.5% (June 2023: 9.0%) which reflects a current market assessment of the time 
value of money and the risks specific to the relevant segments in which the CGU operates. Terminal growth rate is 3.25% (June 2023: 
3.25%) consistent with industry forecasts specific to the CGU.
The Group has completed sensitivity analysis over the Tyro Health CGU. The recoverable amount of the Tyro Health CGU is in excess of 
the carrying amounts in the respective CGUs. Any reasonable adverse change in key assumptions will not lead to an impairment.
Tyro Health CGU
2024 
$000
2023 
$000
Goodwill
13,687
13,687
Total allocation of goodwill
13,687
13,687
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 133

134 | Annual Report 2024
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Certain option and right grants and any shares issued or allocated on the exercise of those options and rights may be subject to a trading 
restriction for a minimum period based on the terms and conditions of each respective grant of options and rights. 
Other relevant terms and conditions applicable to options and rights granted under the ESOP include: 
•	 the term of each option or right grant ranges between a period of 1 to 10 years from the date of grant or vesting (as applicable) as provided 
in the grant letter; 
•	 each option or right entitles the holder to one ordinary fully paid share; 
•	 all awards granted under the ESOP are equity-settled; and 
•	 under the ESOP rules and subject to any requirements under law or the ASX listing rules, the Board, at its discretion, may determine that 
options and rights held by an employee or Director do not lapse on cessation of employment or Directorship and that the relevant holder 
of options or rights has additional time to exercise. 
(b) Fair value of options under the ESOP
The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model.
A zero-dividend policy assumption is used for valuing all option grants. This is in line with the Group’s capital management policy and 
growth strategy. 
Expected volatility used is the historical volatility of the Company’s estimated peer group. The expected volatility reflects the assumption 
that the historical volatility is indicative of future trends, which may not necessarily be the actual outcome.
There were 255,042 options exercised during the year ended 30 June 2024 (June 2023: 1,762,101) and an additional 35,493 options exercised 
from 30 June 2024 up to the date of the report. 
The weighted average remaining contractual life for share options outstanding as at 30 June 2024 was 2 years (June 2023: 2 years). 
The following table summarises further details of the Company’s share options outstanding at 30 June 2024:
14.  Share-based payments
The Group provides benefits to employees (including Key Management Personnel (KMP)) from time to time including share-based payments as 
remuneration for service. Additionally, the Company provides share-based payments to other stakeholders as part of contractual agreements.
(a)	 Employee Share Option Plan
The Employee Share Option Plan (ESOP) was established to grant options and rights over ordinary shares in the Company to employees or 
Directors who provide services to the Group. 
Options and rights granted pursuant to the ESOP may be exercised, in whole or part, subject to vesting terms and conditions as 
indicated below:
   Type of Option
Vesting Terms and Conditions
Monthly linear vesting schedule
Options and rights granted will vest in proportion to the time that passes linearly during the vesting 
schedule, subject to the terms and conditions of each grant during the vesting period. The options and 
rights generally vest in equal amounts each month over the vesting period.
Annual linear vesting schedule
Options and rights vest similarly to the monthly linear vesting schedule, except they vest in equal 
amounts annually over the vesting period.
Performance linear vesting schedule
Options and rights vest in equal amounts annually over the vesting period and are also subject to 
performance criteria.
Performance single vesting schedule
Options and rights vest on a single vesting date and are also subject to performance criteria.
Number of outstanding options
Exercise  
price
Grant 
date
Contractual 
life
Vesting 
conditions
Jun 2024
Jun 2023
As at date 
of report
149 cents 
02-Nov-16
7 years 
5 year monthly linear vesting
-
       2,397,909 
- 
162 cents
03-Apr-17
7 years 
5 year monthly linear vesting
-
           40,000 
- 
0 cents
31-Dec-18
6 years
5 year annual linear vesting
              217,135 
         365,473 
     151,705 
176 cents 
19-Dec-18
5.6 years
5 year monthly linear vesting
              250,000 
         300,000 
 250,000 
176 cents
01-Feb-18
6 years 
5 year monthly linear vesting
-
       2,230,145 
-
0 cents
01-Apr-19
6 years
5 year annual linear vesting
                12,858 
55,716 
            12,858 
150 cents 
01-May-19
7 years
4 year annual vesting, plus performance criteria
-
1,468,599 
-
179 cents
01-Oct-19
7 years
4 year annual vesting, plus performance criteria
           1,581,050 
1,850,147 
      1,581,050 
0 cents
01-Sep-19
6 years
5 year annual linear vesting
              244,746 
407,450 
239,964 
Total
           2,305,789 
       9,115,439 
     2,235,577 
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2024

The following table illustrates the number and weighted average exercise prices (WAEP) in cents and movements of share options during 
the year:
14.  Share-based payments (coninued)
(b) Fair value of options under the ESOP (continued)
Terminals
2024 
number
2024 
WAEP (cents)
2023 
number
2023 
WAEP (cents)
Monthly linear and annual linear vesting
Opening
5,796,693
140
11,284,622
126
Granted
 -
 -
 -
 -
Exercised
(255,042)
 -
(1,762,101)
35
Forfeited or expired
(4,816,912)
159
(3,725,828)
149
Total outstanding at the end of the financial year
724,739
61
5,796,693
140
Total exercisable at the end of the financial year
630,841
70
5,374,024
150
Performance based vesting
Opening
3,318,746
166
10,479,952
165
Granted
 -
 -
 -
 -
Exercised
 -
 -
 -
 -
Forfeited or expired
(1,737,696)
154
(7,161,206)
165
Total outstanding at the end of the financial year
1,581,050
179
3,318,746
166
Total exercisable at the end of the financial year
 1,185,789
 179
-
-
Total outstanding share options at the end of the financial year
2,305,789
 
9,115,439
 
Total exercisable share options at the end of the financial year
1,816,630
 
5,374,024
 
(c)	 Performance rights, service rights, remuneration sacrifice rights and rights to shares under other contractual arrangements
During the year, the Company granted 8,128,699 (June 2023: 7,310,724) service and performance rights as part of the short and long-term 
incentive arrangements and 469,697 (June 2023: nil) remuneration sacrifice rights as part of an equity incentive arrangement.  
The following model inputs were used in the Black-Scholes valuation model to determine the fair value:
One-off Grant (Head of Financial 
Planning & Pricing)2
One-off 
Grant (CGO)2
One-off 
Grant (CPO)
Grant date 
Mar-23
Apr-23
Aug-23
Vesting period
1 year with 2 equal tranches vesting 
after 3 and 12 months from grant date
2 years with 2 equal 
yearly tranches
2 years with 2 equal 
yearly tranches
Expiry date
Employment 
conditions apply 
 Employment 
conditions apply 
Employment 
conditions apply
Share price at grant date ($)1
                                       $1.49 
$1.09
$1.38
Dividend yield (%)
 0% 
 0% 
 0% 
Expected volatility (%)
 N/A 
 N/A 
 N/A 
Risk-free interest rate (%)
 N/A 
 N/A 
 N/A 
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 135

136 | Annual Report 2024
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2024
number
2024
WAEP (cents)
2023
number
2023
WAEP (cents)
Opening
13,113,235
 -
9,535,747
 -
Granted
8,598,396
 -
7,310,724
 -
Exercised
(3,411,574)
 -
(1,374,464)
 -
Forfeited or expired
(1,416,263)
 -
(2,358,772)
 -
Total outstanding at the end of the financial year
16,883,794
 -
13,113,235
-
Total exercisable at the end of the financial year
4,185,981
 -
2,783,331
-
FY23 Service 
Rights (long-term)
FY23 Service 
Rights (short-term) 
FY24 LTI 
Performance Rights
Grant date 
Nov-23
Nov-23
Dec-23
Vesting period
4 years
 1 year with 12 equal 
monthly tranches 
 3 years 
Expiry date
Nov-37
Nov-35
 Employment 
conditions apply 
Share price at grant date ($)1
$1.22 
 $1.22 
                            $1.14 
Dividend yield (%)
 0% 
 0% 
 0% 
Expected volatility (%)
 N/A 
 N/A 
 N/A 
Risk-free interest rate (%)
 N/A 
 N/A 
 N/A 
FY21 LTI 
Performance Rights3
FY23 
Directors RSU2
FY24 
Directors RSU
Grant date 
Sept-23
Nov-22
Nov-23
Vesting period
None
Target conversion date – 
post publication of 
full-year results
Target conversion date – 
post publication of 
full-year results
Expiry date
Employment 
conditions apply
Employment 
conditions apply
 Employment 
conditions apply 
Share price at grant date ($)1
$3.15 
 $1.49
                            $1.03
Dividend yield (%)
 0% 
 0% 
 0% 
Expected volatility (%)
 N/A 
 N/A 
 N/A 
Risk-free interest rate (%)
 N/A 
 N/A 
 N/A 
1 The Company considers the listed share price near grant date, when determining fair value.
2 Awards were granted during the year ended 30 June 2023 and were issued during the year ended 30 June 2024. 
3 FY21 LTI Performance Rights were additional rights granted during the year ended 30 June 2021 and were issued during the year ended 30 June 2024, 
performance conditions reached above 100% of target.
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2024
14.  Share-based payments (continued)
(c)	 Performance rights, service rights, remuneration sacrifice rights and rights to shares under other contractual arrangements (continued)

The deposits are at call, earn daily interest with rates that increase for every dollar held for longer than 30 days, 60 days and 90 days. 
Term deposits are held by merchants for a range of up to 365 days. Deposits and Term Deposits are guaranteed by Financial Claims 
Scheme (FCS) of up to $250,000 per account-holder per authorised deposit-taking institution (ADI).
15.  Deposits
16.  Trade and other payables
2024 
$000
2023 
$000
Deposits
74,169
70,667
Term deposits
14,713
22,037
88,882
92,704
2024 
$000
2023 
$000
Current
Scheme fees, commissions and other accruals
23,655
16,986
Commissions payable to Bendigo Bank
9,045
9,653
Accounts payable
1,015
3,475
Clearing account and other liabilities
31,054
7,917
Class action settlement1
 -
5,000
64,769
43,031
Non-current
Commissions payable to Bendigo Bank
49,986
75,396
49,986
75,396
1 The class action settlement was the amount payable by Tyro in accordance with the Court approved settlement of the class action relating to the terminal 
connectivity issue in January 2021. The amount was paid in August 2023.
Commissions payable to Bendigo Bank
The Group has an alliance with Bendigo and Adelaide Bank for merchant acquiring services, known as the Bendigo Alliance. As part of the 
Alliance, Bendigo Bank agreed to transfer existing and refer potential customers to the Group for the provision of a co-branded merchant 
acquiring service. In return, Bendigo Bank received upfront consideration and receives an ongoing commission from existing and newly 
referred Bendigo Bank business customers who use the Group’s merchant acquiring services.
The present value of the commission payable on existing customer network and future rollouts includes an amount guaranteed by the 
Group and an additional variable amount based on revenue achieved as follows:
Key assumptions in respect of estimating the variable amount can be found in Note 1(d).
During the year the Group has remeasured the commission payable to Bendigo Bank by $17,324,000 (June 2023: nil). The decrease in 
commission payable reflects the decrease in gross margin expected to be received in future years driven by lower future transaction 
volumes. This was recognised within ‘Gain on Financial Instruments’ in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.
2024 
$000
2023 
$000
Guaranteed amount
9,045
18,793
Variable amount
49,986
66,256
59,031
85,049
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 137

138 | Annual Report 2024
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Terms and conditions of contributed equity
Ordinary shares have the right to receive dividends when declared and in the event of winding up of the Company to participate in the 
proceeds from the sale of all surplus assets in proportion to the number of and amounts paid up on ordinary shares held. Ordinary shares 
entitle their holder to one vote, either in person or by proxy, at a meeting of the Company. All issued share capital is paid up in full.
1 The make good provision is for the expected costs of restoring the office space of the office leases to its original condition at the 
conclusion of the lease.
2 Other provisions relates to amounts payable to suppliers and merchants based on expected costs to be incurred.
1 Limited recourse loan proceeds from Medipass option holders in exchange of Tyro shares that are being held in escrow as part of the 
acquisition on 31 May 2021.
 18.	Contributed equity and reserves
(i) Movement in ordinary shares on issue
Number 
of shares
$000
At 1 July 2022
517,721,085
278,798
Share options and rights exercised
3,136,565
624
At 30 June 2023
520,587,650
279,422
At 1 July 2023
520,857,681
279,422
Share options and rights exercised
3,666,616
-
Proceeds relating to options exercised in FY211
-
44
At 30 June 2024
524,524,266
279,466
2024 
$000
2023 
$000
Balance at the beginning of the year
(407)
(689)
Revaluation gain, net of tax
379
282
Transfer to accumulated losses
16
 -
Balance at the end of the year
(12)
(407)
Terminals
Annual 
Leave 
$000
Long 
Service Leave 
$000
Make Good 
Provision1 
$000
Other 
Provisions2 
$000
Total 
$000
Balance at 1 July 2023
5,372
2,350
565
374
8,661
Amounts provided/(utilised or 
released) during the year
(462)
202
58
147
(55)
Balance at 30 June 2024
4,910
2,552
623
521
8,606
Current
4,910
1,501
 -
521
6,932
Non-current
 -
1,051
623
 -
1,674
Balance at 30 June 2024
4,910
2,552
623
521
8,606
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2024
17. Provisions
(ii)	FVOCI reserve

The share-based payments reserve is used to record the value of share-based payments or benefits provided to any Directors or 
employees as part of their remuneration or compensation, and share-based payments provided to other stakeholders as part of 
contractual agreements.
The general reserve for credit losses has been created to satisfy APRA’s prudential standards for ADI’s as described in Note 1(w). 
The Group applies an internal methodology to estimate the credit risk of its merchant customers and the maximum losses based 
upon a number of assumptions concerning the performance of merchants in relation to the Group’s credit risk grading system and 
actual experience. 
 18.	Contributed equity and reserves (continued)
2024 
$000
2023 
$000
Balance at the beginning of the year
(161,058)
(166,283)
Profit attributable to shareholders of the Group
25,705
6,013
Transfer to general reserve for credit losses
688
(788)
Transfer from FVOCI reserve
(16)
 -
Balance at the end of the year
(134,681) 
(161,058)
2024 
$000
2023 
$000
Balance at the beginning of the year
54,725
43,560
Share-based payments expenses
3,862
11,165
Balance at the end of the year
58,587
54,725
2024 
$000
2023 
$000
Balance at the beginning of the year
5,002
4,214
Transfer from accumulated losses:
    Movement in chargeback losses reserve
(559)
200
    Movement in lending losses reserve
(129)
588
Balance at the end of the year
4,314
5,002
Total reserves at the end of the year
62,889
59,320
(iii)	 Share-based payments reserve
(iv)	 General reserve for credit losses
(v) Accumulated losses
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 139

140 | Annual Report 2024
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
19.	Financial risk management objectives, policies and processes
The Group’s principal financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, deposits due from other financial institutions, trade and 
other receivables, loans, financial investments, deposits, lease liabilities, trade payables and other liabilities.
(i)	 Risk management 
The Board has responsibility for setting the Group’s strategy and the Risk Management Framework (RMF). The RMF includes the Risk 
Management Strategy (RMS), the Risk Appetite Statement (RAS) and the Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP). The 
RMS supports the Group in achieving its strategic priorities by clearly articulating the approach to managing risks aligned with the 
material risk types that are consistent with the RAS. The CEO and Management team are responsible for implementing the RMS, and for 
developing policies, controls, processes and procedures for identifying and managing risk. 
Various management committees, including the Executive Risk Committee (ERC), the Pricing Committee (PriceCo) and the Asset and 
Liability Management Committee (ALCO), ensure appropriate execution of the RMS is applied to the day-to-day operations and regularly 
report to the Board Risk Committee (BRC). 
(ii)	Risk controls 
Risks are identified, managed and controlled through the Risk and Control Self-Assessment (RCSA) process. The RCSA is an assessment 
of key risks and controls which enable the business to understand its operational risk environment and facilitate decision-making, 
prioritisation, allocation of resources and effective governance. Business risks are controlled within tolerance levels approved by the 
Board through the RAS. 
(iii) Internal audit 
The Group has an independent and adequately resourced Internal Audit function. The Internal Audit function provides independent 
assurance to the Board on the adequacy and effectiveness of the control environment and risk framework. 
(iv)	 Credit risk 
Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will not meet its obligations under a financial instrument or customer contract, leading to a 
financial loss. The Group is exposed to credit risk from its operating activities (primarily trade receivables) and from its lending and 
investing activities, including deposits with banks and financial institutions, foreign exchange transactions and financial investments 
in bonds.
The maximum exposure to credit risk is represented by the carrying amounts of the financial assets at the reporting date. The Group’s 
credit risk management framework outlines the core values which govern its credit risk-taking activities and reflect the priorities 
established by the Board.
The framework is used to develop underwriting standards and credit procedures which define the operating processes. Ongoing 
monitoring, reporting and review allows the Group to identify changes in credit quality at the client and portfolio levels and to take 
corrective actions in a timely manner. 
Credit losses from chargebacks 
In addition, the Group is subject to the risk of merchant related losses via chargebacks. The maximum period the Group is potentially 
liable for such chargebacks is up to 540 days after the latter of the transaction date or expected delivery date. The Group manages credit 
risk associated with its merchant portfolio both at an individual and a portfolio level.
As part of equity, a General Reserve for Credit Losses (GRCL) is maintained to cover losses due to uncollectible chargebacks that have 
not been specifically identified. The reserve is calculated based on internal methodology as described in Note 1(w). The Group does 
not hold any credit derivatives or collateral to offset its credit exposure. The Group’s exposure to bad debts from chargebacks is not 
significant at the reporting date.
Credit losses from loans 
The Group is also subject to the risk of credit losses from its unsecured loan product. The Group manages this risk in accordance with 
the Board approved Lending Credit Risk Policy. Responsibility for monitoring and management of this risk is delegated to the Chief Risk 
Officer (CRO). The CRO is also responsible for ensuring the Lending Credit Risk Policy is reviewed regularly and submitted to the BRC for 
endorsement and approval by the Board. 
To manage the risk of credit losses, various underwriting criteria are in place before a loan can be offered. A merchant must satisfy the 
onboarding requirements to be eligible for a loan offer, as well as providing a personal guarantee. Tyro only offers loans to merchants 
with a Tyro EFTPOS terminal.
The Group maintains a GRCL to also cover credit losses estimated but not certain to arise over the full life of the loans as described 
in Note 1(w).
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2024

(v)	 Operational risk 
Operational risk is the risk that arises from inadequate or failed internal processes and systems, human error or misconduct, or from 
external events. It includes, amongst other things, fraud, technology risk, model risk and outsourcing risk. 
The BRC is responsible for monitoring the operational risk profile, the performance of operational risk controls, and the development and 
ongoing review of operational risk policies.
Standard & Poors  
credit rating1
Cash and cash 
equivalents 
$000
Due from other financial 
institutions 
$000
Trade and other 
receivables 
$000
Loans 
$000
Bonds 
$000
AAA
42,482
 -
272
 -
 -
AA+
 -
 -
-
 -
 -
AA
 -
 -
-
 -
 -
AA-
8,289
26,387
12,582
 -
25,410
A+
 -
 -
1,060
 -
23,991
A
 -
 -
-
 -
12,050
A-
 -
 -
22
 -
22,932
BBB+
 -
 -
1,006
 -
 -
unrated
 -
 -
29,237
39,325
3,501
 
50,771
26,387
44,179
39,325
87,884
Standard & Poors  
credit rating1
Cash and cash 
equivalents 
$000
Due from other financial 
institutions 
$000
Trade and other 
receivables 
$000
Loans 
$000
Bonds 
$000
AAA
35,675
 -
265
 -
 -
AA
 -
 -
 -
 -
 -
AA-
6,928
15,779
9,694
 -
33,376
A+
 -
 -
883
 -
19,013
A
 -
 -
 -
 -
7,519
A-
 -
 -
 -
 -
 -
BBB+
 -
 -
509
 -
10,642
unrated
 -
 -
14,009
50,526
 -
 
42,603
15,779
25,360
50,526
70,550
30 June 2024
30 June 2023
1 Long-term credit rating
19.	Financial risk management objectives, policies and processes (continued)
(iv)	 Credit risk (continued)
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 141
This table summarises the Group's credit risk exposures as at reporting date:

142 | Annual Report 2024
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(vi) Market risk 
Market risk is the potential loss of value or potential reduction in expected earnings resulting from movements in interest rates, foreign 
exchange rates, commodity prices and other prices. The Group’s balance sheet activities expose the profit and loss to earnings volatility. 
Ultimately, the aim of managing market risks is to stabilise earnings. Market risks comprise four types of risk: interest rate risk, foreign 
currency risk, commodity price risk and other price risk, such as equity price risk. The Group does not engage in financial market trading 
activities nor assume any foreign exchange, interest rate or other derivative positions and does not have a trading book. The Group does 
not undertake any hedging around the values of its financial instruments as any risk of loss is considered insignificant to the operations 
of the Group at this stage. 
Any bonds that the Group holds are for investment or liquidity purposes and held in the normal course of business in line with investment 
and liquidity guidelines. 
Each component of market risk is detailed below as follows: 
	 (i) Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market 
interest rates. The Group has exposure to interest rate risk primarily on its variable interest-bearing cash and cash equivalent balances, 
term deposits, bonds, loans and variable deposits (bank accounts for businesses). 
Interest rate sensitivity analysis 
The following demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in interest rates. With all other variables held constant, the 
profit is affected as follows: 
An increase of 100 basis points for 12 months in the general cash rate (assuming other factors remain constant) will increase the Group’s 
profit and increase equity by $808,000 (June 2023: $607,000). A decrease of 100 basis points in the general cash rate will decrease the 
Group’s profit and decrease equity by $808,000 (June 2023: $607,000).
The following table shows the Group’s financial assets and liabilities on which the interest rate sensitivity analysis has been performed.
30 June 2024
Variable 
interest rate 
$000
< 3 months 
$000
Fixed interest rate 
3 to 12 months 
$000
> 1 year 
$000
Total 
$000
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
50,771
 -
 -
 -
50,771
Due from other  
financial institutions
 -
16,387
10,000
 -
26,387
Loans
 -
21,786
14,891
2,648
39,325
Bonds
68,819 
-
-
19,065
87,884
119,590
38,173
24,891
21,713 
204,367
Financial liabilities
Deposits
(74,169)
(14,458)
(255)
 -
(88,882)
30 June 2023
Variable 
interest rate 
$000
< 3 months 
$000
Fixed interest rate 
3 to 12 months 
$000
> 1 year 
$000
Total 
$000
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
42,603
 -
 -
 -
42,603
Due from other  
financial institutions
 -
13,818
1,961
 -
15,779
Loans
 -
26,075
17,690
6,761
50,526
Bonds
70,550
 -
 -
 -
70,550
113,153 
39,893 
19,651 
6,761 
179,458
Financial liabilities
Deposits
(70,667)
(3,937)
(18,100)
 -
(92,704)
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2024
19.	Financial risk management objectives, policies and processes (continued)

	 (ii) Foreign currency risk 
Foreign currency risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in 
foreign exchange rates. 
The Group is not exposed to foreign currency risk in the settlement of merchant transactions as all monies received and paid are in 
Australian dollars. The Group’s settlement of fees with card schemes and the purchases of terminals and repairs from foreign suppliers 
are transacted in foreign currencies at the exchange rate prevailing at the transaction date. At the reporting date the Group has US Dollar 
exposures.
Foreign currency sensitivity analysis
The following demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in the US dollar exchange rates, with all other variables 
held constant:
An appreciation of 15% of the US dollar compared to the Australian dollar (assuming other factors remain constant), will increase both 
the Group’s profit and equity by $161,000 (June 2023: $177,000). A depreciation of 15% of the US dollar compared to the Australian dollar 
will reduce both the Group’s profit and equity by $218,000 (June 2023: $240,000).
The following table shows the financial assets and liabilities on which the foreign currency sensitivity analysis has been performed:
	 (iii) Other price risk 
Other price risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market 
conditions (other than those arising from interest rate risk or foreign currency risk), for example from changes in equity prices and 
commodity prices.
(vii) Capital Management 
The Group’s capital management objectives are to: 
•	 maintain a sufficient level of capital above the regulatory minimum to provide a buffer against losses arising from unanticipated 
events, and allow the Group to continue as a going concern; and 
•	 ensure that capital management is closely aligned with the Group’s business and strategic objectives. 
The Group manages capital adequacy according to the framework set out by the APRA Prudential Standards. 
APRA determines minimum prudential capital ratios that must be held by all ADIs. Accordingly, the Group is required to maintain a 
minimum prudential capital ratio on a Level 1 basis as determined by APRA. 
The Board considers the Group’s strategy, financial performance objectives, and other factors relating to the efficient management of 
capital in setting target ratios of capital above the regulatory required levels. These processes are formalised within the Group’s ICAAP. 
The Group operates under the specific capital requirements set by APRA. The Group has satisfied its minimum capital requirements 
throughout the 2024 financial year in the form of Tier 1 Capital which is the highest quality component of capital.
AUD 2024 
$000
AUD 2023 
$000
USD term deposit
USD
1,963
1,961
Trade payables
USD
 (194)
(20)
19.	Financial risk management objectives, policies and processes (continued)
(vi) Market risk (continued)
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 143

144 | Annual Report 2024
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(viii)	 Liquidity risk 
The Group’s liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will have insufficient liquidity to meet its obligations as they fall due. 
The Group manages this risk by the Board approved liquidity framework. Responsibility for liquidity management is delegated to the 
Chief Financial Officer (CFO) and Chief Executive Officer (CEO). The CFO manages liquidity on a daily basis and submits regular reports 
to ALCO and to the BRC. The CFO is also responsible for monitoring and managing capital planning. The capital plan outlines triggers for 
additional funding should liquidity be required. The CRO provides oversight of the business’ adherence with the Liquidity Risk framework 
and reports to the BRC. The liquidity risk management framework models the Group’s ability to fund under both normal conditions and 
periods of stress. The capital plan and liquidity management are reviewed at least annually. At the reporting date, the Board of Directors 
determined that there was sufficient cash available to meet its financial liabilities and anticipated expenditure. 	
 	
 	
 	  	  
Capital Adequacy
2024 
$000
2023 
$000
Tier 1 Capital 
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital
Contributed capital
279,466
279,422
Accumulated losses & reserves
(78,783) 
(107,293)
200,683
172,129
Regulatory adjustments to Common Equity Tier 1 Capital
Deferred tax assets in excess of deferred tax liabilities
(20,372)
(17,149)
Capitalised expenses
(22,676)
(20,686)
Goodwill and other intangible assets
(30,154)
(42,242)
Other adjustments
(4,811)
(5,784)
(78,013)
(85,861)
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital
122,670 
86,268
Total Tier 1 Capital
122,670 
86,268
Tier 2 Capital
 
 
General reserve for credit losses1
2,199
1,931
Total Tier 2 Capital
2,199
1,931
Total Capital
124,869
88,199
Total Risk Weighted Assets
193,477
169,904
Risk-based capital ratios
%
%
Common Equity Tier 1
63
51
Tier 1
63
51
Total Capital ratio
65
52
1 Standardised approach (to a maximum of 1.25% of total credit risk weighted assets).
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2024
19.	Financial risk management objectives, policies and processes (continued)
(vii) Capital Management (continued)

Maturity analysis  
Amounts in the table below are based on the Group’s contractual undiscounted cash flows for the remaining contractual maturities.
Financial liabilities	 	
 	
 	
 	
 
(ix) Fair values
The Group uses various methods in estimating the fair value of a financial instrument. The methods comprise:
1 Amounts falling due after greater than one year include variable component of commissions payable to Bendigo and Adelaide Bank under the  
Tyro-Bendigo Alliance.
Contractual cash flows (Amounts in $000)
Terminals
< 3 months 
$000
 > 3 to 6 months 
$000
> 6 months to 
12 months 
$000
> 1 to 5 years 
$000
> 5 years 
$000
Total 
$000
As at 30 June 2024
Variable rate deposits
(74,169)
 -
 -
 -
 -
(74,169)
Term deposits
(14,458)
(255)
 -
 -
 -
(14,713)
Lease liabilities
(1,128)
(1,182)
(2,487)
(22,219)
(9,489)
(36,505)
Commissions payable  
to Bendigo Bank1
(2,000)
(1,813)
(6,187)
(34,511)
(21,220)
(65,731)
Trade payables and other liabilities
(55,724)
 -
 -
 -
 -
(55,724)
(147,479)
(3,250)
(8,674)
(56,730)
(30,709)
(246,842)
As at 30 June 2023
Variable rate deposits
(70,667)
 -
 -
 -
 -
(70,667)
Term deposits
(4,087)
(4,663)
(13,138)
(149)
 -
(22,037)
Lease liabilities
(1,069)
(1,069)
(2,256)
(20,126)
(15,227)
(39,747)
Commissions payable  
to Bendigo Bank1
(2,440)
(2,468)
(5,004)
(44,691)
(39,915)
(94,518)
Trade payables and other liabilities
(33,378)
 -
 -
 -
 -
(33,378)
(111,641)
(8,200)
(20,398)
(64,966)
(55,142)
(260,347)
Level 1 
The fair value is calculated using quoted prices in active markets.
Level 2 
The fair value is estimated using inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are 
observable for the asset or liability, either directly (as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices).
Level 3 
The fair value is estimated using inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable 
market data.
19.	Financial risk management objectives, policies and processes (continued)
(viii)	 Liquidity risk (continued)
Quoted market price represents the fair value determined based on quoted prices in active markets as at the reporting date without any 
deduction for transaction costs.
The table below shows the Group’s financial assets that are measured at fair value, or where not measured at fair value, their fair value 
equivalent. Management has assessed that for other financial assets and liabilities not disclosed in the table below, due to their short-
term maturity or repricing profile, the carrying amount is an approximation of fair value.
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 145

146 | Annual Report 2024
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Bonds
The bonds invested in by the Group are of high credit quality. Bonds held by the Group have floating and fixed interest rates and have up 
to five years maturity. The fair value of these bonds are obtained from an independent third-party pricing service that uses tradeable 
prices and quotes from active markets
Loans
Loans are included in Level 3 due to one or more of the significant inputs used in determining the fair value being based on unobservable 
inputs. To determine the fair value, an income valuation approach is used. This technique converts forecasted cash flows to a present 
value amount (also known as a discounted cash flow method). Forecast cash flows are actuarially determined using predictive models 
based partly on evidenced historical performance and expected repayment profiles.
The fair value model is periodically reviewed, tested and refined as needed.
The fair value of loans requires estimation of:
	 •		 the expected future cash flows;
	 •		 the expected timing of receipt of those cash flows; and
	 •		 discount rates derived from similar observed rates for comparable assets that are traded in the market. 
The main inputs used in measuring the fair value of loans are as follows:
	 •		 loan balance – accepted principal and fee, outstanding principal and fee, and date of acceptance;
	 •		 annual settlement amount – forecasted total annual settlements for loan customers;
	 •		 current repayment percentage – percentage of daily settlements through the loan customers’ terminals that go towards 
loan repayments;
	 •		 historical default and recovery information; and 
	 •		 discount rates – market benchmarked discount rate which allows for a market level of default risk.
The unobservable pricing inputs which determine fair value are based on:
	 •		 the pricing of loans including adjustments for credit risk, with the risk adjustments ranging between 30% and 36%;
	 •		 historical data with respect to behavioural repayment patterns – generally ranging between 3 to 12 months; and
	 •		 default experience for loans deemed uncollectable and which are valued at Nil.
These inputs directly affect the fair value of the loans. A sensitivity of a change of 10% in the value ascribed to credit risk for loans to 
merchants that are either not trading completely will have an impact of between negative $177,000 (June 2023: $112,000) and positive 
$177,000 (June 2023: $112,000) to profit and loss.
Equity investments
The Group holds an investment in Mr Yum, which is held as a financial instrument as noted in Note 1 (m). The fair values of investments 
that are actively traded in organised financial markets are determined by reference to quoted market bid prices at the close of business 
on the reporting date. For investments with no active market, the fair values are determined using valuation techniques. Such techniques 
include: using recent arm’s length market transactions; reference to the current market value of another instrument that is substantially 
the same; and discounted cash flow analysis, making as much use of available and supportable market data as possible and keeping 
judgemental inputs to a minimum.
Transfer between categories
There were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3 during the financial year. 
30 June 2024 ($000)
30 June 2023 ($000)
Financial Assets
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Bonds
87,884
 -
 -
87,884
70,550
 -
 -
70,550
Loans
 -
 -
39,325
39,325
 -
 -
50,526
50,526
Equity investment
 -
 -
3,958
3,958
 -
 -
3,974
3,974
87,884
 -
43,283
131,167
70,550
 -
54,500
125,050
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2024
19.	Financial risk management objectives, policies and processes (continued)
 (ix) Fair values (continued)

20.	Commitments and contingencies
(a)	Commitments relating to BECS 
The Group pays merchants through the Bulk Electronic Clearing System (BECS). As a result of BECS intra-day settlements which went live 
in November 2013, all merchant settlements committed are processed on the same day.
(b)	Contingent liabilities arising from commitments
Contingent liabilities arising from commitments are secured by way of standby letters of credit or bank guarantees as follows:
Contingent liabilities - secured
2024 
$000
2023 
$000
(i) Irrevocable standby letters of credit in favour of:
Mastercard International1
3,363
3,361
Visa International1
1,549
524
4,912
3,885
(ii) Bank Guarantees in favour of:
Bendigo and Adelaide Bank Limited2
6,000
6,000
Guarantees in relation to office leases3
4,874
4,893
National Australia Bank Limited (NAB) - Tyro Health4
500
1,000
 
11,374
11,893
Contingent liabilities - unsecured
NAB - Tyro Health letter of Indemnity4
2,000
 -
2,000
 -
1 Tyro has provided irrevocable standby letters of credit of $4,912,000 (June 2023: $3,885,000) secured through fixed charges over term deposits 
with the Commonwealth Bank of Australia and Westpac Banking Corporation, to Mastercard International and Visa International. These are one-
year arrangements that are subject to automatic annual renewal. Mastercard International and Visa International, at their discretion, may increase 
the required amounts of the standby letters of credit upon written request to the Group. The required amounts of the standby letters of credit are 
dependent on Mastercard International’s and Visa International’s view of their risk exposure to the Group.
2 A bank guarantee in favour of Bendigo and Adelaide Bank Limited is held with Westpac Banking Corporation to mitigate the default risk created by 
Bendigo settling funds to Alliance merchants that hold a settlement account with Bendigo ahead of funds receipt from Tyro.
3 The bank guarantee in relation to office leases disclosed in Note 9. The amount represents 6 months rent, outgoings and GST and is refundable on 
expiry of the lease agreement, subject to satisfactory vacation of the leased premises.
4 A collateral of $500,000 (June 2023: $1,000,000) and Letter of Indemnity of $2,000,000 (June 2023: nil) in favour of NAB to enable early settlements 
for health claims processed by Tyro Health Pty Ltd.
21.	List of subsidiaries
1 Tyro Health Pty Ltd was renamed from Medipass Solutions Pty Ltd on 27 July 2023.
2 Medipass Solutions Limited was dissolved on 26 September 2023.
3 Tyro Payments (Ben Alliance) Pty Ltd was dissolved on 10 September 2023.
Principal place of business
Ownership interest
2024
2023
Parent entity
Tyro Payments Limited
Australia
Subsidiaries
Tyro Health Pty Ltd1 (formerly Medipass Solutions Pty Ltd)
Australia
100%
100%
Medipass Solutions Limited2
United Kingdom
-
100%
Tyro Payments (Ben Alliance) Pty Ltd3
Australia
-
100%
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 147

148 | Annual Report 2024
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
22.	Earnings per share
23.	Auditor’s remuneration
1 This includes fees in the capacity as the appointed auditor under APRA’s APS 310 Audit and Audit Related Matters.
Earnings
2024 
$000
2023 
$000
Net profit attributable to ordinary shareholders used to calculate basic and diluted  
earnings per share
25,705
6,013
2024 
Number
2023 
Number
Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in calculating basic earnings per share
523,160,711
519,211,261
Shares issuable in relation to share options and rights
15,305,859
16,612,223
Weighted average number of potentially dilutive ordinary shares
538,466,570
535,823,484
2024 
Cents
2023 
Cents
Basic earnings per share
4.91
1.16
Diluted earnings per share
4.77
1.12
Amounts to Ernst & Young (Australia):
2024 
$
2023 
$
Fees for auditing the statutory financial reports1
452,500
440,000
Fees for other services - regulatory compliance and advisory
 100,000
21,500 
552,500
461,500
Basic earnings per share shows the earnings attributable to each ordinary share. It is calculated as the net earnings attributable to 
ordinary shareholders divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in each year.
Diluted earnings per share shows the earnings attributable to each ordinary share if all the dilutive potential ordinary shares had been 
ordinary shares. There are no discontinued operations within the Group.
The Directors are satisfied that the provision of non-audit services, during the year, by the auditor (or by another person or firm on the 
auditor’s behalf) is compatible with the general standard of independence for auditors imposed by the Corporations Act 2001. 
The Directors are of the opinion that the services disclosed above do not compromise the external auditor’s independence for the 
following reasons:
	 •		 All non-audit services have been reviewed and approved to ensure that they do not impact the integrity and objectivity of the 
auditor; and 
	 •		 None of the services undermine the general principles relating to auditor independence as set out in APES 110 Code of Ethics for 
Professional Accountants issued by the Accounting Professional & Ethical Standards Board, including reviewing or auditing the 
auditor’s own work, acting in a management or decision-making capacity for the Group, acting as an advocate for the Group or jointly 
sharing economic risks and rewards.
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2024

24.	Related party disclosures
1 Resigned as Chair and Non-executive Director on 1 March 2023.
2 Elected as Chair on 1 March 2023.
3 Resigned as Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director on 3 October 2022.
4 Appointed as Managing Director on 1 September 2023 and appointed as Chief Executive Officer on 3 October 2022.
2024 
$
2023 
$
Compensation of Key Management Personnel
Short-term benefits
2,869,733
3,032,583
Post employment benefits
164,765
141,711
Termination benefits
 -
222,760
Long-term benefits (long service leave)
36,141
15,552
Share-based payments
2,178,235
2,770,675
Total
5,248,874
6,183,281
(a) Compensation of Key Management Personnel
The amounts disclosed in the table are the amounts recognised as an expense during the financial year related to the following Key 
Management Personnel.
Directors
Title
Appointed
David Thodey1
Chair and Independent Non-Executive Director
16 November 2018
Fiona Pak-Poy2
Chair and Independent Non-Executive Director
4 September 2019
Robbie Cooke3
Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director
18 October 2019
Jon Davey4
Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director
1 September 2023
David Fite
Independent Non-Executive Director
3 July 2018
Claire Hatton
Independent Non-Executive Director
5 January 2022
Aliza Knox
Independent Non-Executive Director
21 April 2021
Paul Rickard
Independent Non-Executive Director
28 August 2009
Shefali Roy
Independent Non-Executive Director
5 January 2022
 
 
 
Executives
Title
Appointed
Robbie Cooke3
Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director
23 March 2018
Jon Davey
Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director
3 October 2022
Prav Pala
Chief Financial Officer
20 October 2014
Steve Chapman
Chief Risk Officer
10 June 2021
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 149

150 | Annual Report 2024
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Interests held by Key Management Personnel
Share options and rights held by Key Management Personnel to purchase ordinary shares have the following expiry dates and 
exercise prices.
During the year, 2,492,468 rights were granted to Key Management Personnel (June 2023: 2,468,162).
Refer to Note 20 for the commitments and contingencies of the parent.
Issue year
Expiry year
Exercise price ($)
2024 Number Outstanding
2023 Number Outstanding
FY17
FY24
$1.490
 -
159,401
FY18
FY24
$1.760
 -
375,000
FY19
FY25
-
28,572
57,144
FY19
FY26
$1.500
 -
982,318
FY20
FY27
$1.790
802,827
802,827
FY21
FY33
-
2,159
2,159
FY21
No expiry date
-
 -
66,801
FY22
FY34
-
315,976
315,976
FY22
No expiry date
-
438,745
438,745
FY23
FY33
-
750,000
750,000
FY23
FY35
-
75,428
75,428
FY23
No expiry date
-
1,642,734
1,642,734
FY24
FY36
-
274,159
 -
FY24
FY38
-
283,514
 -
FY24
No expiry date
-
1,612,839
 -
25. Parent entity disclosures
2024 
$000
2023 
$000
Result of parent entity
Profit for the year
25,036
6,650
Other comprehensive income
379
282
Total comprehensive income for the year
25,415
6,932
Financial position of parent entity at year end
Current assets
183,727
148,641
Non-current assets
267,966
283,791
Total assets
451,693
432,432
Current liabilities
164,094
146,096
Non-current liabilities
78,404
106,462
Total liabilities
242,498
252,558
Net assets
209,195
179,874
Total equity of parent entity comprising of:
 
 
Contributed equity
279,466
279,422
Reserves
62,889
59,320
Accumulated losses
(133,160)
(158,868)
Total equity
209,195
179,874
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2024
24.	Related party disclosures (continued)

On 4 July 2024, the Group created the Tyro Employee Share Trust. The purpose of the trust is to acquire Tyro shares on-market to be held 
within the trust for satisfying the Group’s share based payments compensation obligations.
On 31 July 2024, Tyro announced Prav Pala's resignation as Chief Financial Officer. The Group has appointed Emma Burke as replacement 
Chief Financial Officer.
In the opinion of the Directors, other than the matters noted above, there have been no matters or circumstances which have arisen 
between 30 June 2024 and the date of this report that have significantly affected or may significantly affect the operations of the Group, 
the result of those operations or the state of affairs of the Group in subsequent financial years.
26. Matters subsequent to the end of the financial year
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 151

152 | Annual Report 2024
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Set out below is a list of entities that are consolidated by the Group while preparing consolidated financial statements at the end of the 
financial year ended 30 June 2024.
Tax residency
Entity 
name
Entity 
type
Place 
incorporated 
or formed
% of share capital held directly 
or indirectly by the Company 
in the body corporate
Australian
or Foreign 
resident
Jurisdiction 
for Foreign 
resident
Tyro Payments Ltd
Body corporate
Australia
 N/A
Australian
N/A
Tyro Health Pty Ltd
Body corporate
Australia
 100%
Australian
N/A
Consolidated entity disclosure statement
For the year ended 30 June 2024

In the opinion of the Directors:
(a) The Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes of the Group set out on pages 106 to 151 are in accordance with the Corporations 
Act 2001, including:
	 (i) Complying with the Accounting Standards, the Corporations Regulations 2001 and other mandatory professional reporting 
requirements;
	 (ii) Giving a true and fair view of the Group’s financial position as at 30 June 2024 and its performance for the financial year ended on 
that date;
(b) The Consolidated entity disclosure statement as at 30 June 2024, required by section 295(3A) of the Corporations Act 2001, set out 
on page 152 is true and correct;
(c) There are reasonable grounds to believe that the Group will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and payable;
(d) The remuneration disclosures set out in the Directors’ Report comply with Accounting Standard AASB 124 Related Party Disclosures 
and the Corporations Regulations 2001; and
(e)	 The Financial Statements and Notes also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as disclosed in the 
Financial Statements.
The Directors have been given the declarations by the CEO & Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer required by Section 295A of 
the Corporations Act 2001.
The declaration is made in accordance with a resolution of the Directors.
JON DAVEY  
CEO and Managing Director
FIONA PAK-POY  
Chair
Sydney, 26 August 2024
Directors’ Declaration
For the year ended 30 June 2024
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 153

154 | Annual Report 2024
INDEPENDENT AUDIT 
REPORT TO THE  
MEMBERS OF TYRO  
PAYMENTS LIMITED


156 | Annual Report 2024

Year ended 30 June 2024  | 157

158 | Annual Report 2024

Year ended 30 June 2024  | 159

160 | Annual Report 2024

Year ended 30 June 2024  | 161

162 | Annual Report 2024
   SHAREHOLDER 
INFORMATION
The shareholder information set out below is based on the information recorded in the Tyro Payments Limited share register as at 31 
July 2024.
Ordinary shares 
Tyro has on issue 524,520,557 fully paid ordinary shares. 
Voting rights
The voting rights attaching to each class of equity securities are set out below:  
a. Ordinary shares – On a show of hands every member present at a meeting in person or by proxy shall have one vote and upon a poll 
each share shall have one vote.  
b. Options and rights – No voting rights 
Substantial shareholders 
The following is a summary of the current substantial shareholders pursuant to notices lodged with the ASX in accordance with section 
671B of the Corporations Act:
On-market buy-back 
There is no current on-market buy-back in respect of Tyro’s ordinary shares. 
Distribution of securities held 
Analysis of number of ordinary shareholders by size of holding: 
1 As disclosed in the last notice lodged with the ASX by the substantial shareholder 
2 The percentage set out in the notice lodged with the ASX is based on the total issued share capital of Tyro at the date of interest 
1 Ordinary shares include shares offered to employees under the Company’s incentive arrangements
Name
Date of 
interest
Number of 
ordinary shares1
% of issued 
share capital2
Regal Funds Management Pty Ltd and its associates 
4 April 2024
32,423,410
6.19%
Range 
Ordinary shares1
%
No. of holders
%
100,001 and over 
416,787,391 
79.46% 
233 
1.40%
10,001 to 100,000 
72,613,444 
13.84% 
2,632 
15.84% 
5,001 to 10,000 
17,156,644 
3.27% 
2,253 
13.56%
1,001 to 5,000 
15,102,497 
2.88% 
5,742 
34.55% 
1 to 1,000 
2,860,581 
0.55% 
5,761 
34.66% 
Total 
524,520,557 
100.00%
16,621 
100.00% 
Unmarketable parcels 
951,721 
0.18% 
3,376 
20.31% 

Go Online to Manage Your Shareholding 
Online share registry facility 
Tyro offers shareholders the use of an online share registry facility through https://investorcentre.linkgroup.com to conduct standard 
shareholding enquiries and transactions, including: 
	 •		 update registered address; 
	 •		 lodge or update banking details; 
	 •		 notify Tax File Number / Australian Business Number; 
	 •		 check current and previous shareholding balances; and 
	 •		 appoint a proxy to vote at the Annual General Meeting. 
Top 20 largest shareholders
Unquoted equity securities
Name
No. of securities
No. of holders
Performance Rights
16,570,720
637
Option expiring various dates: Ex various prices
250,000
4
Option Expiring 31-Aug-2025: Ex nil
242,056
109
Option Expiring 30-Dec-2025: Ex nil
197,040
51
Option Expiring 30-Sep-2026: Ex $1.79
1,581,050
11
Total
18,840,866
Name
Number of ordinary shares
% of issued share capital
1 
CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED  
83,682,707 
15.95% 
2 
J P MORGAN NOMINEES AUSTRALIA PTY LIMITED  
80,468,255 
15.34% 
3 
HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED  
65,643,186 
12.51% 
4 
MS DANITA RAE LOWES  
18,028,582 
3.44% 
5 
HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED - A/C 2  
16,067,965 
3.06% 
6 
UBS NOMINEES PTY LTD  
16,054,421 
3.06% 
7 
INVIA CUSTODIAN PTY LIMITED  
10,657,608 
2.03% 
8 
BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD  
10,016,307 
1.91% 
9 
NATIONAL NOMINEES LIMITED  
8,930,805 
1.70% 
10 
PACIFIC CUSTODIANS PTY LIMITED  
5,613,899 
1.07% 
11 
JASGO NOMINEES PTY LTD  
4,560,726 
0.87% 
12 
NEWECONOMY COM AU NOMINEES PTY LIMITED  
4,055,139 
0.77% 
13 
JH 7 PROPERTIES PTY LTD  
3,272,728 
0.62% 
14 
SOPHIA-KONSTANTINA FIONA STOLLMANN  
3,261,237 
0.62% 
15 
MR KENNETH JOSEPH HALL  
3,250,000 
0.62% 
16 
EUCLID CAPITAL PARTNERS LLC  
2,425,000 
0.46% 
17 
FINCLEAR SERVICES PTY LTD  
2,194,859 
0.42% 
18 
MR PAUL GORDON RICKARD  
2,028,944 
0.39% 
19 
MERRILL LYNCH (AUSTRALIA) NOMINEES PTY LIMITED  
2,016,084 
0.38% 
20 
BNP PARIBAS NOMS PTY LTD  
1,988,903 
0.38% 
 
Total 
344,217,355 
65.63% 
Year ended 30 June 2024  | 163

CORPORATE DIRECTORY
Directors 
Fiona Pak-Poy – Non-executive Director & Chair of the Board 
Jon Davey – CEO & Managing Director
David Fite – Non-executive Director 
Claire Hatton – Non-executive Director & Chair of People Committee 
Aliza Knox – Non-executive Director 
Shefali Roy – Non-executive Director 
Paul Rickard – Non-executive Director & Chair of Audit Committee and Risk Committee 
Director Profiles 
Refer to profiles on pages 64 to 71. 
Executive Leadership Team 
Refer to profiles on pages 72 to 73. 
Company Secretary 
Jairan Amigh: jamigh@tyro.com
Investor Relations 
Martyn Adlam: investorrelations@tyro.com  
Media 
Gemma Garkut: media@tyro.com  
Auditor 
EY Australia 
200 George Street, Sydney 
NSW, 2000, Australia
Registered and Principal  
Administrative Office in Australia 
Tyro Payments Limited 
Level 18, 55 Market Street, Sydney 
NSW, 2000, Australia  
Phone: 1300 966 639  
ABN: 49 103 575 042 
Share Registry 
Link Market Services Pty Limited 
Level 12, 680 George Street, Sydney 
NSW, 2000, Australia 
Email: registrars@linkgroup.com 
Phone: 1300 554 474 
Fax: +61 2 9287 0303 
To maintain or update your details online and enjoy full access to all your holdings and other valuable information,  
simply visit https://investorcentre.linkgroup.com/login
Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) Listing 
Tyro Payments Limited shares are listed on the ASX under the code TYR. 
Tyro ASX Announcements 
Details of all announcements released by Tyro Payments Limited can be found on our Investors page at  
https://investors.tyro.com/investor-centre/  
Tyro website 
www.tyro.com  


www.tyro.com